5890 lines
357 KiB
Plaintext
5890 lines
357 KiB
Plaintext
|
||
|
||
BEST
|
||
LOSER
|
||
WINS
|
||
BEST
|
||
LOSER
|
||
WINS
|
||
Why Normal Thinking Never
|
||
Wins the Trading Game
|
||
Tom Hougaard
|
||
|
||
HARRIMAN HOUSE LTD
|
||
3 Viceroy Court
|
||
Bedford Road
|
||
Petersfield
|
||
Hampshire
|
||
GU32 3LJ
|
||
GREAT BRITAIN
|
||
Tel: +44 (0)1730 233870
|
||
Email: enquiries@harriman-house.com
|
||
Website: harriman.house
|
||
First published in 2022.
|
||
Copyright © Tom Hougaard
|
||
The right of Tom Hougaard to be identified as the Author has been asserted in accordance with the
|
||
Copyright, Design and Patents Act 1988.
|
||
Paperback ISBN: 978-0-85719-822-8
|
||
eBook ISBN: 978-0-85719-823-5
|
||
British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data
|
||
A CIP catalogue record for this book can be obtained from the British Library.
|
||
All rights reserved; no part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
|
||
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or
|
||
otherwise without the prior written permission of the Publisher. This book may not be lent, resold,
|
||
hired out or otherwise disposed of by way of trade in any form of binding or cover other than that in
|
||
which it is published without the prior written consent of the Publisher.
|
||
Whilst every effort has been made to ensure that information in this book is accurate, no liability can
|
||
be accepted for any loss incurred in any way whatsoever by any person relying solely on the
|
||
information contained herein.
|
||
No responsibility for loss occasioned to any person or corporate body acting or refraining to act as a
|
||
result of reading material in this book can be accepted by the Publisher, by the Author, or by the
|
||
employers of the Author.
|
||
The Publisher does not have any control over or any responsibility for any Author’s or third-party
|
||
websites referred to in or on this book.
|
||
|
||
To the girl at the Bloomberg terminal
|
||
CONTENTS
|
||
Dear Markets
|
||
Preface
|
||
Introduction
|
||
Liar’s Poker
|
||
The Trading Floor
|
||
Everyone Is a Chart Expert
|
||
The Curse of Patterns
|
||
Fighting My Humanness
|
||
Disgust
|
||
The Drifter Mind
|
||
Trading Through a Slump
|
||
Embracing Failure
|
||
Best Loser Wins
|
||
The Ideal Mindset
|
||
About the Author
|
||
DEAR MARKETS
|
||
FROM THE MOMENT I first came across you, I have been fascinated by you. I
|
||
probably even fell in love with you. I was too young to know what that
|
||
meant, no more than ten years old. You were featured in a national
|
||
newspaper – a competition of sorts.
|
||
I was too young to play with you, so I observed. Time was not on my side. I
|
||
was born a few decades too soon to participate in trading like it is possible
|
||
today. I had to go and live my early life and you went about yours.
|
||
When you went through the devastating bear market of 1973, I was just
|
||
learning to walk. When you roared with anger during the crash of 1987, I
|
||
was just finishing school. When you took the first steps towards the epic
|
||
1990s bull market I was almost ready. But not quite there yet.
|
||
So, you sent me a message that would change my life, and I took you up on
|
||
the invitation, leaving everything behind me to pursue you. I studied you at
|
||
university, two degrees in fact. I toiled for hours and hours, trying to
|
||
understand you through the eyes of the conventional economic thinkers,
|
||
through the eyes of Nobel Prize recipients, and through the eyes of well-
|
||
meaning journalists and experts.
|
||
I wish you could have told me back then not to bother. You are not an
|
||
equation to be solved. You are far more complex than a model could ever
|
||
capture. Over and over, you prove yourself to be the elusive mistress that no
|
||
one every truly understands. You are everywhere and you are nowhere.
|
||
Universal laws do not apply to you.
|
||
My love for you was deep. You gave me so much joy. I gave you my all.
|
||
You were there when I woke up, and you were there when I went to sleep.
|
||
You have elevated me when I was fluid, rewarded me beyond my wildest
|
||
dreams when I was flexible. You have punished me when I was rigid and
|
||
stubborn, taking all your gifts back – with interest.
|
||
And boy did I pursue you. I pursued you like a lovestruck teenager. I
|
||
approached you from all angles, from Fibonacci ratios to Keltner Channels,
|
||
to Bollinger Bands, to Trident strategies, as well as mythical vibrations of
|
||
Gann and Murry Math.
|
||
I developed models of the tide swell in the Hudson River to see if you
|
||
responded to that. I printed out thousands and thousands of charts, applying
|
||
lines and circles, trying to find a way to dance with you so that my feet
|
||
didn’t get stamped on so much.
|
||
I had sore toes, my love. Sometimes my toes were so sore that I had to go to
|
||
the beach and just throw stones in the water for hours on end, angry that
|
||
you didn’t want to do the tango with me.
|
||
You gave me sleepless nights. You gave me tears in my eyes, anger in my
|
||
body, hurt in my soul, and yet I couldn’t let you go. I knew there was more
|
||
to it, and I knew I had to keep looking.
|
||
I gave you everything because you made me feel alive. You gave me a
|
||
purpose. You gave me challenges so hard even a drill sergeant would have
|
||
to give you a nod of respect. And I will always love you for it. You kept me
|
||
on my toes, like a parent wanting only the best for their child.
|
||
But you made the lessons obscure. You designed it to look easy. But it was
|
||
never easy. You made everyone believe that you could be danced with
|
||
through models, through equations, through indicators, through
|
||
conventional thinking and through logic. But often there is little logic to
|
||
you. And I struggled to dance with you for years, until one day by chance
|
||
you told me your secret. You told me to stop trying to understand you. You
|
||
told me to understand myself.
|
||
I stopped trading. I took the time to understand myself, and I came back.
|
||
And when I returned to the dance floor, you welcomed me with open arms,
|
||
smiled, and said, “Welcome back, I see you get it now. Did you bring the
|
||
band-aids?”
|
||
And I did. Best loser wins.
|
||
PREFACE
|
||
HOW YOU FEEL about failure will to a very large degree define your growth and
|
||
your life trajectory, in virtually every aspect of your life.
|
||
You may want to close this book and think about that for a while. It is quite
|
||
frightening how deep that sentence is.
|
||
What 99% of traders do not realise is that they are looking for answers in
|
||
the wrong places. Knowledge of technicals, fundamentals, indicators, ratios,
|
||
patterns and trend lines… well, everyone knows about them – and everyone
|
||
loses, except the 1%.
|
||
What do the 1% do that the 99% is not doing?
|
||
What am I doing, enabling me to have the success in trading that I have,
|
||
which the others are not doing?
|
||
The answer is as simple as it is complex. I am an outstanding loser.
|
||
The best loser wins.
|
||
I have conditioned my mind to lose without anxiety, without loss of mental
|
||
equilibrium, without emotional attachment, and without fostering feelings
|
||
of resentment or desire to get even.
|
||
It is because of how my mind works that I am able to trade in the way that I
|
||
do. My knowledge of technical analysis is average at best. My knowledge
|
||
of myself is what sets me apart.
|
||
The true measure of your growth as a human being is not what you know,
|
||
but rather what you do with what you know.
|
||
I wrote this book to describe how I transformed myself into the trader I am
|
||
today, and how I was able to bridge the gap between what I knew I was
|
||
capable of, and what I actually achieved.
|
||
INTRODUCTION
|
||
MY NAME IS Tom Hougaard. I am 52 years old. Thirty years ago, I left my
|
||
native Denmark. I wanted to trade the financial markets and I wanted to do
|
||
it in London.
|
||
I had an idea of what I needed to do to become a trader. I got a BSc in
|
||
Economics and MSc in Money, Banking and Finance. I thought I had
|
||
everything I needed to become a trader: the right kind of education; a good
|
||
work ethic; and passion for the markets.
|
||
I was wrong.
|
||
On paper, I was qualified to navigate the financial markets. In reality,
|
||
educational qualifications mean little in the dog-eat-dog world of trading.
|
||
This book describes the journey I went through to get to where I am today.
|
||
Where am I today?
|
||
As I type this, I have not had a losing day in 39 trading days. I run a
|
||
Telegram trading channel, where my followers witnessed me make
|
||
£325,000 in the last month alone – in real time, with real-time entries,
|
||
money management, position sizing, and ultimately the exit of the position.
|
||
No time delays. No lag. All done before their eyes – time stamped.
|
||
This book dispels the myths of what it takes to be a home trader, or any
|
||
trader for that matter. It has been a journey that saw me initially pursue the
|
||
path that everyone else takes – a lot of books about a lot of indicators,
|
||
patterns and ratios – before finally realising that the real answer to the
|
||
elusive quest for trading profits was right inside of me all along. It truly was
|
||
the last place I ever thought of looking.
|
||
A PROMISING BEGINNING
|
||
After completing my university degrees, I started working for JPMorgan
|
||
Chase. It wasn’t a trading job, but it was close enough. Then in 2000 I
|
||
became a home trader for a year and a half. It only lasted 18 months
|
||
because I ran out of money.
|
||
I had befriended the staff at the broker I traded with. They hired me as a
|
||
financial analyst. I say analyst, but I was a glorified media whore. My
|
||
mandate was to get the brokerage seen on TV and my credentials were an
|
||
understanding of technical analysis.
|
||
I started that job in the summer of 2001. My first customer-facing
|
||
experience was when the CEO brought me to Royal Ascot – a significant
|
||
event in the social calendar of the rich and famous. It is a horse racing
|
||
event, mixed with champagne, funny-looking hats and big cigars.
|
||
Only the best and most lucrative clients were invited to this VIP event. On
|
||
board the executive coach taking the prestigious clients to Ascot, I was
|
||
introduced as the new financial analyst. “Ask him anything,” declared the
|
||
CEO.
|
||
One client asked me what I thought of Marconi. Marconi was a member of
|
||
the FTSE 100. It had seen better days. It had declined from 1,200 pence to
|
||
450 pence over the preceding 12 months.
|
||
“Do you think Marconi is cheap?” asked a pharmacist from Luton.
|
||
I didn’t know it at the time, but my answer – and a similar one on TV a few
|
||
months later – would eventually get me fired from my job. Even if I had
|
||
known, I would not have changed my answer:
|
||
Marconi is garbage, gentlemen. Why are you chasing stocks that have
|
||
fallen in price? The stock market is not like a supermarket, where it
|
||
makes sense to buy toilet paper when there is a sale on.
|
||
Sure, it makes sense to buy toilet paper at a 50% discount, but it makes
|
||
no sense to buy a stock that has fallen more than 50%. Concepts like
|
||
‘cheap’ and ‘expensive’ may work in the world of Saturday grocery
|
||
shopping, but not in the financial markets.
|
||
My answer hung in the air like a morbid joke at a funeral. I had barely
|
||
finished my verdict before I noticed the death stare from my boss. All these
|
||
clients were long Marconi and they would go on to lose fortunes. Later that
|
||
year I was on CNBC and I was asked to do a chart analysis of Marconi.
|
||
By that point Marconi had fallen to 32 pence – from 1,200 pence. And still
|
||
people were buying it. I suggested that on the basis of the chart pattern,
|
||
Marconi would go to zero.
|
||
A few newspaper outlets picked up on the story and a few days later I was
|
||
called to the offices of Sporting Index. The CEO wanted to ask me if it was
|
||
possible to get these Marconi comments deleted from “that internet”.
|
||
Marconi went to zero and I was asked to find another job. Fortunately, City
|
||
Index hired me the same day I left Financial Spreads. I spent seven years on
|
||
the trading floor at City Index. In 2009 I was made redundant and I have
|
||
been a private trader ever since.
|
||
I have spent the last 12 years of my life perfecting my craft. I am what
|
||
brokers call a high-stake trader. The average stake size amongst retail
|
||
traders is about £10 per point risk. I risk anywhere from £100 per point to
|
||
£3,500 per point.
|
||
On volatile days I have traded in excess of £250 million in notional value. I
|
||
once made a little more than £17,000 in less than seven seconds. One time I
|
||
lost £29,000 in eight seconds.
|
||
That kind of stake size sharpens the senses. Yes, it is a great life when it
|
||
goes well, but a very challenging one when adversity sets in.
|
||
This book describes my journey from an unemployed financial broker in
|
||
February 2009 to the high-stake trader that I am today. But it is not a
|
||
conventional trading book.
|
||
JUST ANOTHER TRADING BOOK?
|
||
The world does not need more trading books. So, I decided not to write one.
|
||
I know enough about technical analysis to write a few books. I also know
|
||
that technical analysis does not make you a rich trader. It doesn’t even make
|
||
you a good trader.
|
||
I had no ambitions of wanting to write a book, but one day, while I was
|
||
watching a documentary on YouTube, an advert appeared on my monitor. I
|
||
recognised the face immediately.
|
||
It was a guy who once attended a few speeches I gave on technical analysis,
|
||
while I was working as a trader at City Index in London. Now he appeared
|
||
in an advert, promising to reveal the secrets to the financial markets through
|
||
his courses.
|
||
The advert proudly declared that if you wanted to learn to trade like a pro,
|
||
then this course was what you needed.
|
||
As it happened, a friend of mine had attended the course. It took place over
|
||
a weekend in some plush offices in London. The place was packed and the
|
||
hopefuls hung on every word of this self-proclaimed guru as he took them
|
||
through one chart after another.
|
||
There was no critical thinking present. No one questioned his claims.
|
||
Everyone left that office building on Sunday night thinking they would
|
||
make a small fortune by the coming Friday.
|
||
I saw the course notes. It was hundreds of pages of regurgitated material
|
||
from a standard textbook on technical analysis. There was no original
|
||
thought behind it. There were no new contributions to the field of technical
|
||
analysis.
|
||
Anyone with half an afternoon at their disposal could find the same material
|
||
free of charge on the internet. More importantly, my friend told me, the
|
||
guru never missed an opportunity over the weekend to pitch additional
|
||
products such as personal mentoring and the advanced course.
|
||
THOSE WHO CAN, DO
|
||
There is a saying that those who can, do. And those who can’t, teach.
|
||
I don’t agree with that. There are many people who “can” and who also
|
||
“do”. One is not exclusive of the other. Many great “do’ers” see it as part of
|
||
their life mission to pass on knowledge to those around them. When I
|
||
worked at City Index, I might not have been an oracle of technical analysis,
|
||
but I certainly knew more than most of our clients. For that reason I gave
|
||
technical analysis lessons most evenings to our clients and the many white
|
||
label clients that City Index had, such as Barclays Bank, Hargreaves
|
||
Lansdown and TD Waterhouse.
|
||
I truly enjoy passing on knowledge and I did the best I could with the
|
||
knowledge I had. However, what I didn’t realise back then was that
|
||
technical analysis is rather pointless unless it is combined with behavioural
|
||
response training.
|
||
My main beef with the many gurus teaching outrageously expensive
|
||
weekend courses is their outcome focus. They are driving their agenda by
|
||
the use of external stimuli, such as portraying themselves in a helicopter or
|
||
on a private jet, and they portray trading as an easy profession to master, or
|
||
one where there is a secret to be learned, and once in possession of this
|
||
coveted secret you become your own ATM. Rarely if EVER will these
|
||
gurus risk their reputation by disclosing their trades in real time. It is always
|
||
after the fact. We never hear about their losing trades. This gives the illusion
|
||
that losing is a mere inconvenience you experience from time to time when
|
||
trading.
|
||
It is only when you sit down in front of the screen on Monday morning,
|
||
after your overpriced weekend course on trading, and the market is moving
|
||
in front of you, and you don’t have the after the fact chart in front of you,
|
||
that you realise this game is not as easy as the guru told you during the
|
||
weekend course.
|
||
I have written a book that is an antidote to all the rubbish that is being
|
||
peddled in the trading arena by charlatans who are 99% marketing and 1%
|
||
trading. They preach their message to unsuspecting people – who sadly
|
||
believe them – with neither the teacher nor the student realising that they
|
||
only got 10% of the story.
|
||
More importantly, I have written a book which is all about the aspect of
|
||
trading they never teach you, and how to get to the top of the trading
|
||
pyramid.
|
||
While writing this book, I saw an advert for a technical analysis course in
|
||
my home country, Denmark. Only the year before, the person running the
|
||
course had lost 35% of their trading capital on a copy trader account for
|
||
their followers, before closing the account.
|
||
That is the problem with technical analysis. It is very easy to learn, but it
|
||
should not be touted as the path to untold riches in the financial markets.
|
||
The gurus appear on adverts suggesting that all you need to make money
|
||
from the market is to learn technical analysis.
|
||
I wish it was that easy, but it isn’t.
|
||
IF NOT TECHNICAL ANALYSIS, THEN
|
||
WHAT?
|
||
There is a law in Europe that states that brokers offering trading services to
|
||
retail clients must disclose what percentage of their clients lose money.
|
||
I looked up the major players in the industry. According to their websites,
|
||
around 80% of their clients lose money.
|
||
I called one broker to ask how this number was calculated. The number is
|
||
adjusted quarterly. The broker compares the account balances of its clients
|
||
from the prior quarter and simply takes the percentage of accounts that have
|
||
a lower balance than three months earlier.
|
||
If the answer to the trading quest was to study technical analysis, then you
|
||
would not have default rates of 80%. Incidentally, the guru who gave a
|
||
weekend course to my friend happens to also own a brokerage that he refers
|
||
all his attendees to. I looked up its default rate.
|
||
More than 80%!
|
||
So, either his clients are just awful traders, or he is an awful teacher.
|
||
I will come to the rescue of both camps and state that to become a profitable
|
||
trader, you need much more than just technical analysis under your belt.
|
||
That is why I wrote this book – to describe the path I have taken to get
|
||
where I am today. Over the last 20 years I have read many books on
|
||
technical analysis and trading techniques. I personally find most of them
|
||
boring and pointless.
|
||
All I see in these trading books is one perfect chart example after another. It
|
||
creates an illusion in the mind of the reader. They absorb these conceited
|
||
tales, written by traders who espouse the same material as everyone else –
|
||
material that bears little resemblance to the real trading world. It leaves the
|
||
reader blindsided to the reality of the trading arena.
|
||
Of course, there are exceptions. There are some good books written on
|
||
techniques and strategies, but most of them are garbage because the author
|
||
suffers under the illusion that he or she should only show perfect trading
|
||
examples.
|
||
They perpetuate the illusion that trading is an easy endeavour. I think it is
|
||
fair to say that with a failure rate around 80%, there is absolutely nothing
|
||
easy about trading.
|
||
I dare say that if technical analysis as a subject was comparable to
|
||
something like dentistry, the vocation would be terminated on account of
|
||
the 80% failure rate. You don’t have a 80% failure rate amongst dentists.
|
||
THE MILLION VIEWS YOUTUBE
|
||
TALK
|
||
I was invited by one of the biggest brokers in the world to give a talk about
|
||
the life of a home trader. They filmed the event, which lasted a few hours. I
|
||
gave the speech a provocative title:
|
||
Normal Does Not Make Money
|
||
The broker emailed me last year to say that my video had received five
|
||
times more views than their second-best video, and that it had now
|
||
surpassed one million views on YouTube.
|
||
This gave me the confidence to push ahead with the book project, because I
|
||
could see that my message resonated with an audience that wanted to move
|
||
beyond the conventional teachings in trading.
|
||
Although this is not a book about trading techniques, I am not arguing that
|
||
you can do without technical analysis, or some form of analysis. There must
|
||
be some rhyme or reason to your entries and exits, and your stop-loss
|
||
placement.
|
||
However, I am also arguing that techniques alone will not make you rich.
|
||
Analysis alone will not get you to where you want to be. I imagine you
|
||
want trading to give you a meaningful side income or perhaps even be your
|
||
main income.
|
||
I am arguing that a normal human being, displaying normal thinking
|
||
patterns and traits, will never stand a chance of making money trading. In
|
||
other words, normal won’t cut it.
|
||
One of the best books ever written on trading is Reminiscences of a Stock
|
||
Operator. There is not a single mention of trading techniques in that book.
|
||
Let’s face it, we can all learn to walk a tightrope suspended one foot off the
|
||
ground. However, can you walk across that same tightrope when it is
|
||
suspended 100 feet off the ground?
|
||
In the same vein, we can all trade bravely and aggressively when we are
|
||
trading one lot, but can you trade with absolute clarity and emotional
|
||
detachment when you are trading a 10-lot or a 100-lot?
|
||
I can’t guarantee you will trade 100-lots, but I will describe the process that
|
||
got me to trade that kind of size.
|
||
I am leaving no stone unturned. I have described every facet of life as a
|
||
trader, from the mundaneness to the excitement, and I have described the
|
||
exact steps I take every day, week, month and year, to ensure that I am up to
|
||
the job.
|
||
And let me immediately make an important declaration: I am not going to
|
||
sugar-coat my message. It is an insanely difficult profession, one that is
|
||
beyond the apparent mental abilities of almost everybody, yet at the same
|
||
time a profession that will reward you with wealth beyond your
|
||
imagination, once you understand how this game really should be played.
|
||
This book describes how to play the game of trading.
|
||
Now you know the end destination. If you don’t like the sound of it, now is
|
||
a good time to put down the book and go to the YouTube and TikTok videos
|
||
and watch the Ferrari-driving 20-year-old trading coaches tell you how it is
|
||
all done.
|
||
If, however, you want lasting change – not only in your trading, but in how
|
||
you live your life – then stay with me. Your transformation into a consistent
|
||
trader will permeate other parts of your life. It will give you a deep
|
||
understanding of who you are and what you can do to better yourself. The
|
||
end result is not just more money on your trading account, but a more
|
||
harmonious and exciting life journey.
|
||
LIAR’S POKER
|
||
MY JOURNEY AS a trader started when I came across a book called Liar’s Poker.
|
||
I was home from school with flu and my dad brought me some books from
|
||
the library. Liar’s Poker was one of them.
|
||
It is a period piece, written by Michael Lewis, the man behind the book The
|
||
Big Short, which was made into a Hollywood blockbuster.
|
||
In Liar’s Poker, Lewis describes life as a bond trader during the excesses of
|
||
the 1980s. In his own words it was meant to serve as a warning to future
|
||
generations about the gluttony of the finance industry, as well as a warning
|
||
to young people wanting to work in the financial industry.
|
||
I think it had the opposite effect. I suspect thousands of young men and
|
||
women like me read the book and thought to themselves that Wall Street
|
||
was the place to be.
|
||
The book describes a young man travelling from America to Britain to
|
||
study at a London university and subsequently being hired to work for an
|
||
American investment bank. It describes what it was like to work on a
|
||
trading floor and observe some of the big traders there.
|
||
I was hooked, and I knew trading would be my vocation. I have since read
|
||
many other trading books that are perhaps more specific about trading than
|
||
Liar’s Poker, but as a starter book, I could not have asked for anything
|
||
better.
|
||
My life changed after reading that book. It was a wake-up call. I went from
|
||
being a skateboard-loving football fanatic, to being a focused and driven
|
||
individual. I had found my calling.
|
||
I started applying to university degree courses around Europe. I already had
|
||
a job at a pension fund as an office trainee. After reading the book, I knew
|
||
that would not be my end destination.
|
||
I got accepted to a university in Britain for the following year, but I had a
|
||
problem. There was no funding. I had to pay my own way. I worked all
|
||
hours, day and night. During the day I would work at the pension fund, then
|
||
in the evening I would skate five miles to an amusement park to work there
|
||
until 1 am.
|
||
I absorbed as much information as I could from the Danish finance pages. I
|
||
would read English books to improve my language skills.
|
||
My family was less than supportive. On the big day of departure, I had to
|
||
make my own way to the airport. They eventually came around and shared
|
||
my trials and tribulations throughout the years. My sister once told me she
|
||
chewed her nails the first time she saw me on TV. She was so nervous I
|
||
would freeze on air.
|
||
MY FIRST BIG TRADE
|
||
There is a saying in the financial markets that perfectly sums up my first
|
||
brush with speculation. Don’t confuse talent with luck. I was blind to the
|
||
ways of the financial markets, but I got incredibly lucky.
|
||
It was September 1992. I had just been accepted to my university. I had
|
||
worked hard to earn enough money to finance the tuition fees and living
|
||
expenses for three years, although I was a little short. I figured I would
|
||
work through the holidays to make up for the shortfall.
|
||
As I was packing up my home and preparing myself to journey to the
|
||
United Kingdom for my first year as a university student, there was a
|
||
proverbial hurricane blowing through the currency markets.
|
||
The UK was a member of the European Exchange Rate Mechanism (ERM).
|
||
This was a system introduced by the European Economic Community to
|
||
reduce exchange rate variability and achieve monetary stability in Europe.
|
||
The UK joined the ERM in 1990, but by 1992 the UK was in a recession.
|
||
The Bank of England found it more and more difficult to honour their
|
||
commitment to maintain the British pound within a tight band against other
|
||
currencies in Europe. Speculators were actively betting against the pound,
|
||
thinking that it was heavily overvalued.
|
||
As I was walking to my local bank in Denmark with my savings, looking to
|
||
exchange my Danish kroner for British pounds, a major drama was
|
||
unfolding in the financial markets. It was called Black Wednesday.
|
||
On 16 September 1992 the British government was forced to withdraw the
|
||
pound from the ERM after a failed attempt to keep the pound above the
|
||
lower currency exchange limit mandated by the ERM.
|
||
I found the following information about Black Wednesday on Wikipedia. It
|
||
sets the tone well for what I was about to experience, and what caused a
|
||
massive windfall for a 22-year-old aspiring trader:
|
||
Soros’ Quantum Fund began a massive sell-off of pounds on Tuesday,
|
||
15 September 1992. The Exchange Rate Mechanism stated that the
|
||
Bank of England was required to accept any offers to sell pounds.
|
||
However, the Bank of England only accepted orders during the trading
|
||
day. When the markets opened in London the next morning, the Bank
|
||
of England began their attempt to prop up their currency as per the
|
||
decision made by Norman Lamont and Robin Leigh-Pemberton, the
|
||
then Chancellor of the Exchequer and Governor of the Bank of
|
||
England respectively.
|
||
They began buying orders to the amount of 300 million pounds twice
|
||
before 8:30 am to little effect. The Bank of England’s intervention was
|
||
ineffective because Soros’ Quantum Fund was dumping pounds far
|
||
faster. The Bank of England continued to buy, and Quantum continued
|
||
to sell until Lamont told Prime Minister John Major that their pound
|
||
purchasing was failing to produce results.
|
||
At 10:30 am on 16 September, the British government announced a
|
||
rise in the base interest rate from an already high 10%, to 12% to tempt
|
||
speculators to buy pounds. Despite this and a promise later the same
|
||
day to raise base rates again to 15%, dealers kept selling pounds,
|
||
convinced that the government would not stick with its promise.
|
||
By 7:00 that evening, Norman Lamont, then Chancellor, announced
|
||
Britain would leave the ERM and rates would remain at the new level
|
||
of 12%; however, on the next day the interest rate was back on 10%.
|
||
This was of course all unbeknownst to me, yet it had a material impact on
|
||
my studies. Had I walked down to the bank just a few days earlier I would
|
||
have had to pay close to 12 Danish kroner for one pound. By sheer luck I
|
||
walked straight into, and benefited from, one of the biggest modern-day
|
||
currency crashes, and I was able to convert my Danish kroner at an
|
||
exchange rate of about 9 kroner to the pound.
|
||
I made an extra £4,000 from my savings. My annual budget with tuition and
|
||
lodging was £2,500. ‘Uncle George’ made my university education debt
|
||
free.
|
||
Although the day was called Black Wednesday, many historians argue it
|
||
was a Golden Wednesday, because the cheaper pound attracted investment.
|
||
It set the stage for an economic growth spurt in the United Kingdom.
|
||
THE PRICE OF A HOTDOG IN PARIS
|
||
I wasn’t the only one who made a life-changing amount of money that day.
|
||
George Soros made a billion dollars. It cemented his name as one of the
|
||
greatest speculators of all time.
|
||
And he wasn’t the only one who had noticed stark value differences
|
||
between the European currencies before that fatal day in September 1992.
|
||
Another trader had too. Actually he wasn’t a trader at all. He owned a
|
||
printing company in East London. We shall call him the Englishman.
|
||
When I started working in the City of London, I heard the story of a client
|
||
who had been holidaying in France. During a visit to Paris, he found
|
||
himself buying a hotdog at a corner stand, down by the Eiffel Tower.
|
||
When it came to pay for the goods, the price for the hotdog was so shocking
|
||
to our Englishman that he was thinking the hotdog stand owner was trying
|
||
to cheat him.
|
||
He was assured that this was the prevailing price for a hotdog in Paris. He
|
||
decided to buy another hotdog somewhere else, just to make sure he had not
|
||
been cheated the first time around. The outcome was the same.
|
||
Our Englishman was laying the foundation for one of the greatest single-
|
||
man bets in the history of the retail trading industry. He walked into a
|
||
supermarket in Paris and started making a note of the prices for food, drink
|
||
and other household items.
|
||
Back in London our Englishman compared the French prices to the prices
|
||
for the same goods in his local supermarket, and he concluded that the
|
||
French franc was hugely overvalued. He called his financial trading house,
|
||
and spoke to a young broker, who was later to become my boss.
|
||
My boss loved to tell the story of how his client managed to turn a £5,000
|
||
account deposit into an £8m (that is eight million pounds!) profit. He
|
||
relentlessly pursued the idea that the French franc was hopelessly
|
||
overvalued, and he profited hugely from it.
|
||
The reason for sharing this anecdote is not merely to tell you a good story,
|
||
but also to prepare you for what this book is all about. You see, this might
|
||
have been a great story, had it not been for the fact that the client later went
|
||
on to lose all of that money, and then some.
|
||
Isn’t successful trading all about making the money and holding on to it as
|
||
well?
|
||
What 99% of people do not realise is that when you win, there are things
|
||
happening in your brain chemistry, which – if left unnoticed and unchecked
|
||
– will have a detrimental effect on your decision making.
|
||
ECONOMIC THEORY AND
|
||
ECONOMIC HISTORY
|
||
Studying at university taught me what there was to learn about economic
|
||
theory. It taught me how the financial markets were put together and how
|
||
current economic theory tried to make sense of the world around us.
|
||
However, it didn’t teach me how to trade. It didn’t teach me how
|
||
momentum, psychology and sentiment have a major influence on the
|
||
financial markets. My degree course did little to prepare me for the real
|
||
world. I thought that taking a master’s degree would change that, and while
|
||
it was a little more industry relevant, I still felt the market was a big
|
||
mystery to me.
|
||
The idea that you can test variables within an economic system by holding
|
||
other components constant didn’t sit well with me. I am not sure I was
|
||
consciously mindful of it then, but I saw the world differently.
|
||
I didn’t think that the markets were efficient. I had a strong belief that the
|
||
markets were anything but rational. The markets are driven by humans, and
|
||
if there is something humans are not, it is rational or logical when exposed
|
||
to stress.
|
||
RICH MAN’S PANIC
|
||
I enjoyed studying economic history more than I enjoyed studying
|
||
economic models. One of the pivotal moments came when studying the rich
|
||
man’s panic of 1903 and the panic of 1907. Bernard Baruch, a famed Wall
|
||
Street speculator, made a substantial amount of money by correctly
|
||
anticipating the consequences of a failed corner of a railroad stock.
|
||
A corner is when a group of people or a syndicate inflates the price of a
|
||
stock in order to create a buzz, thus trying to entice more gullible investors
|
||
to join the bandwagon, and then offloads the stock to the latecomers. Today
|
||
it would be called a pump and dump. Just think GameStop!
|
||
What made an impression on me was how Bernard Baruch anticipated the
|
||
sequence of events. He started to sell short a broad range of popular stocks
|
||
because he reasoned that the syndicate would have to raise money to keep
|
||
their ill-fated corner alive. He was right. The general market declined
|
||
rapidly. The Dow Jones Index fell 49% in a few months, and Baruch
|
||
profited from it.
|
||
From then onwards I found it difficult to study economic models. I found
|
||
them rigid and too theoretical in concept. I felt they made fallible
|
||
assumptions. They argued that humans always act rationally.
|
||
But mankind most certainly does not always act rationally. As I write this
|
||
page, I am looking at my quote monitor. The Dow Jones is called down 500
|
||
points. The DAX Index is already down 250 points. “Why is that?” I hear
|
||
you ask. It is because there is a serious virus called coronavirus spreading
|
||
through the world. Some 80 people have died already.
|
||
The market is not so concerned about the 80 people. The market is
|
||
concerned it is going to get worse. The markets are ALL about perception,
|
||
sprinkled with economic reality. I don’t understand the fundamentals behind
|
||
a virus, and I don’t need to.
|
||
My job is NOT to understand the implications of a virus. My job is to
|
||
understand the players in the market and what they are feeling. They are
|
||
scared, and I have spotted their fear. So of course I am short. I am not short
|
||
the market because I think a virus is going to wreak havoc on the global
|
||
economy. I am short because I think they think something terrible is about
|
||
to happen.
|
||
Whatever happens, my job is to read the sentiment and to keep my own
|
||
emotions in check.
|
||
That is essentially what I am going to teach you in this book. I am aligned
|
||
with reason when it comes to explaining bull markets and bear markets. The
|
||
health of the underlying economy will drive a market up or down. However,
|
||
as a day trader I need to have a mental flexibility that is never described or
|
||
accounted for in economic theory.
|
||
I also need to know “when to hold, and when to fold,” as Kenny Rodgers
|
||
sings in ‘The Gambler’. Am I a gambler? If I say yes, you might think there
|
||
is no difference between me and the guy who visits a casino for a bit of
|
||
excitement.
|
||
What if I were to tell you that I make more money than the average
|
||
professional football player, and I do so not because I am gifted with special
|
||
abilities to read the markets, but because I have learned to control my
|
||
emotions?
|
||
I am not an unemotional sociopath. I feel. I love. I cry. I ache. I mourn. I
|
||
laugh. I smile. You can be a nice guy and still finish on top. But you do
|
||
need to learn to think differently than the 99% does, when you are trading.
|
||
We will get to that soon enough.
|
||
JPMORGAN CHASE
|
||
After my graduation I interviewed for many graduate jobs within the
|
||
banking and finance industry. I didn’t get my dream job, working as a
|
||
trainee trader, but I did get a good job working for Chase Manhattan Bank,
|
||
later called JPMorgan Chase.
|
||
It was an invaluable experience. I arrived with a bagful of enthusiasm.
|
||
Working for an American investment bank was probably the best thing that
|
||
could have happened to me.
|
||
I was able to channel my enthusiasm for the financial markets into my
|
||
work. I worked with portfolio analysis and performance benchmarking,
|
||
which meant I was able to observe the financial markets unfold before my
|
||
eyes every single day.
|
||
I happened to sit right next to a Bloomberg terminal. I loved that machine. I
|
||
would often sneak into the office building on Saturdays and Sundays to
|
||
devour analysis and trading stories, and download data.
|
||
The great thing about working for an American bank is that there is a very
|
||
different work ethic to typical European companies. This may have changed
|
||
in the last 20 years, but when I was working at JPMorgan we were literally
|
||
allowed to work as many hours of overtime as we wanted.
|
||
I worked for JPM for close to three years, and in those three years I never
|
||
had a month where I didn’t do at least 40 hours’ overtime. You got used to
|
||
working long hours with focus because the job required forensic attention to
|
||
detail.
|
||
By the time I left the bank, I was a hardened and seasoned workaholic. I
|
||
don’t say that with pride, but I don’t think there is any point in hiding the
|
||
fact that the reason for my success was not due to immense intelligence, but
|
||
rather my work ethic. I just worked longer hours than the others. I made the
|
||
sacrifice for what I wanted.
|
||
My attitude reminds me of the ethos of Navy Seals, the American special
|
||
forces unit: anything in life worth doing is worth overdoing. Moderation is
|
||
for cowards.
|
||
My dream finally did come true, when I walked onto a trading floor for the
|
||
first time.
|
||
THE TRADING FLOOR
|
||
WALKING ONTO A trading floor is a special experience. I vividly remember being
|
||
interviewed for a trading job after my university graduation. This took place
|
||
on the trading floor of Handelsbanken, the Scandinavian bank, and the guy
|
||
who interviewed me was the head of trading.
|
||
I could tell that he was intensely focused on something else, and I was an
|
||
inconvenient distraction. I have been in that situation many times in my
|
||
trading life. Having a big position on in the market and then having to deal
|
||
with the trivialities of the world outside of trading can be a peculiar
|
||
experience.
|
||
Boxing Day 2018 is a great example. I was trading the biggest one-day rally
|
||
in the history of the Dow Jones Index, while eating Christmas pudding. I
|
||
had to hide my mobile phones under the dinner table so as not to offend my
|
||
host, and I had to fake numerous trips to the toilet so I could watch the chart
|
||
on one phone and the broker platform on another.
|
||
I arrived at the trading floor of Financial Spreads with a very different
|
||
attitude to most of my colleagues. As I know many of them will read this
|
||
book, I owe it to them to explain that I am not accusing them of being lazy.
|
||
I had lots to learn, including the fact that when the markets are quiet, there
|
||
really isn’t much for brokers to do.
|
||
What I found was that people would sit around and read the newspapers or
|
||
comic books. If the phone didn’t ring, you could hardly force a broker to do
|
||
anything. I think this was the biggest culture shock I experienced – the
|
||
contrast between a normal office job and a trading floor.
|
||
Working on a trading floor is intimidating at first. As the months go by, you
|
||
become immune to the money changing hands. It is all just numbers on a
|
||
screen. I once walked in at 6 am to find that a Russian client was on a
|
||
margin call for $10m. I quickly calculated that it would take me 133 years
|
||
on my current salary to make $10m. By 7 am he had wired the funds over.
|
||
This was a private trader. I was in awe. Inspired.
|
||
There is a unique atmosphere present on a trading floor. When it is busy, it
|
||
is nothing short of a gigantic melting pot of human emotions. I once saw a
|
||
colleague of mine kick his PC so hard – repeatedly – that IT engineers had
|
||
to come and replace it.
|
||
It is hard to fathom that the financial markets are a complex mechanism if
|
||
you just look at what is happening on a trading floor. It reminds you more
|
||
of a local market stall on a busy Saturday morning in any given town
|
||
anywhere in the world, where one stall owner is trying to out-voice the
|
||
next.
|
||
When you witness the raw, uncensored emotions that unfold before your
|
||
eyes on the trading floor, it is difficult to see how that fits into a finely tuned
|
||
global economic environment that makes up the very fabric of our modern
|
||
society and civilisation.
|
||
Impulse buying, panic selling, holding on to losses, refusing to admit
|
||
defeat, greed, stupidity, stubbornness, despair, tears, abject depression,
|
||
exhilaration and excitement are all on display here, and all in quick
|
||
succession of each other.
|
||
I worked for Financial Spreads for a year, and was then asked to leave. The
|
||
same day I was headhunted to City Index, which was owned by ICAP – the
|
||
biggest US government bond broker in the world.
|
||
City Index had about 25,000 clients, of which 3,000 were active most days.
|
||
These clients would trade currencies, commodities, stock indices, individual
|
||
stocks, options, bonds and anything in between. I must have witnessed tens
|
||
of millions of trades in my career, executed by thousands of people. Very
|
||
few, if any, of them stood out, and if they stood out it was for all the wrong
|
||
reasons. For every success story, I can tell you ten horror stories.
|
||
NO MEMORY OF THE GREAT
|
||
TRADERS
|
||
I recently spoke to a friend of mine, who is the CEO of a trading company
|
||
in London. I asked him if there were traders who had stood out during his
|
||
30 years working on trading floors. He said that over the years he had
|
||
witnessed many bizarre things, but in terms of good traders, he had seen
|
||
very few.
|
||
Here is a man who has spent his entire adult life on trading floors, yet he is
|
||
incapable of remembering people who did well. We are talking about a
|
||
percentage of successful traders so infinitesimally small that it makes you
|
||
wonder why anyone would want to trade in the first place, or if anyone
|
||
could ever get good at this profession. The conversation with him went as
|
||
follows.
|
||
Tom: You have worked in the contract for difference (CFD) industry for 30 years. You must
|
||
have seen some good traders along the way. Can you tell me about them?
|
||
CEO: I wish I could. I have seen many people make a lot of money, but very few managed to
|
||
keep the money. I started in the industry at a time when CFD trading was not a mainstream
|
||
tool. It was mostly very wealthy people or people who worked in the industry that had CFD
|
||
accounts. These clients back then often traded as part of an old boys’ club kind of network. It
|
||
meant they mostly traded specific shares and some commodities. Back then trading was
|
||
nowhere near as prolific as it is today.
|
||
Tom: Were they good traders?
|
||
CEO: No, I would not say they were. We had clients who were well-known personalities in
|
||
the City, and their personal trading was often atrocious, even though they were hedge fund
|
||
traders or fund managers. It was almost as if they lost their discipline when trading their own
|
||
money. I am certain they would not be allowed to trade for their clients in the manner they
|
||
traded for themselves.
|
||
Today we have far more smaller traders, but the pattern is remarkably similar between a small
|
||
trader and a large trader. Almost all clients have more winning trades than losing trades. As
|
||
such you could argue that they are good traders.
|
||
However, they tend to lose more, much more, on their losing trades than they win on their
|
||
winning trades. The ratio is that for every pound they win, they lose about £1.66.
|
||
Tom: How does a CFD broker make money out of that?
|
||
CEO: Well, believe it or not, we want our clients to win. I have a network of contacts in the
|
||
CFD industry. I regularly meet with CEOs of competing companies. Although we are
|
||
competitors, and we would do anything to outmanoeuvre a competitor, we do have one shared
|
||
wish. We wish our clients would trade better.
|
||
We try our best to help them. We give them every tool under the sun. We give them favourable
|
||
spreads, and we give them news services. We give them sophisticated charting packages. We
|
||
give them data. We give them analytical tools to measure their performance.
|
||
In short, we do absolutely everything we can to ensure they have all the tools they need to
|
||
make money. And then we let them trade. The problem is that most smaller accounts tend to
|
||
lose within a short space of time.
|
||
Trust me when I say I wish it was different. I don’t know what more we as brokers can do for
|
||
our clients. We prefer clients to make money because there is clear evidence that those who
|
||
trade and win, carry on trading. That is better for business.
|
||
The truth of the matter is that you can clearly see the difference between a consistently
|
||
profitable trader and a normal trader. Their approach is very different.
|
||
Tom: How can you tell whether someone knows what they are doing?
|
||
CEO: There are a multitude of parameters that we may look at. If I have to narrow it down to
|
||
the five most important factors, it would be these:
|
||
1. Account size.
|
||
2. Trade frequency.
|
||
3. Ratio of time spent holding winning trades versus losing trades.
|
||
4. Adding to winning or adding to losing trades.
|
||
5. Trading with a stop-loss.
|
||
Someone who opens an account with anything less than £100 will, with a very high degree of
|
||
certainty, lose that money, sadly. Someone who trades everything and anything, i.e.,
|
||
overtrading, will eventually lose their money.
|
||
Anyone who is unable to hold on to their winners, but holds on to their losing trades, will
|
||
eventually lose their money.
|
||
Anyone who adds to their winning trades will catch our attention (positively), but anyone
|
||
adding to their losing trades will, with near certainty, lose their account deposit at some point.
|
||
Anyone trading without a stop-loss will follow that path too. We sadly see it all the time.
|
||
As you can see, as brokers we do everything we can to help people make money, but people
|
||
are people, which means they will find a way to self-sabotage.
|
||
CONDITIONS 20 YEARS AGO
|
||
I keep an eye on all brokers, to make sure I trade with the best and cheapest.
|
||
Why would I pay 1.5 in spread if I can pay 1 in spread? That is simple
|
||
economics. I run a business, and I want to spend as little on transaction
|
||
costs as possible.
|
||
One of my favourite instruments to trade is the German DAX Index. Today
|
||
when I trade, I pay a 0.9 point spread in the DAX.
|
||
However, when I started trading some 20 years ago, the spread intraday in
|
||
the DAX was 6 to 8 points. I remember vividly trading the Dow intraday.
|
||
You had to pay an 8-point spread in the Dow for the intraday product.
|
||
If you wanted to trade the quarterly contract the spread was 16 points. This
|
||
was at a time when the Dow was trading around 10,000. Today I am trading
|
||
the Dow with a 1-point spread and the Dow is now trading around 35,000.
|
||
You are much better off trading in 2020 than you were trading in 1999. It
|
||
was much harder to make money trading back then. The market has to
|
||
move significantly less in your favour before you are at breakeven now,
|
||
compared to 1999.
|
||
Another major advantage that people who start trading today have is the
|
||
tools available from the brokers. Look at virtually any trading platform
|
||
today, and you will see the length brokers go to in order to help you make
|
||
money.
|
||
You have access to hundreds of technical studies. You have access to instant
|
||
news flow. You have the option to be trained through online material and
|
||
webinars. You have access to Level 2 data for stocks all over the world.
|
||
You have decent bid-ask spreads. If an institutional trader from 30 years ago
|
||
saw the tools that you are trading with today, he or she would be green with
|
||
envy.
|
||
You have at your disposal every single conceivable analytical tool available
|
||
from the vast resource pool of technical indicators. You have Bollinger
|
||
Bands, you have Keltner Channels, you have moving averages. You have
|
||
tools that I have never even heard of or used myself.
|
||
Suffice it to say, every broker in the world has spared no expense in their
|
||
effort to provide you with every opportunity to make as much money as you
|
||
possibly can out of the markets.
|
||
But it matters nothing. Most people will fail. The failure rate is
|
||
astronomical in the trading industry. No one is immune to statistics.
|
||
NORMAL IS A LOSER
|
||
There is something inherently wrong with the approach of people who are
|
||
trading. We have to assume that most people in society are normal, well-
|
||
adjusted human beings. Their pattern of behaviour, while leaving room for
|
||
personality, is most likely very similar.
|
||
From cradle to grave, from morning to night, from one year to the next, the
|
||
average person is engaged in a remarkably similar pattern: pattern of
|
||
thought, pattern of action, pattern of hopes and dreams, fears and
|
||
insecurities. We call that person normal.
|
||
If normal is the familiar pattern, and if normal is opening an account with a
|
||
CFD broker and proceeding to lose the money (sooner or later), then normal
|
||
is simply a representative of everyone else. Everyone who is normal will
|
||
end up losing.
|
||
Is that a push too far? Let us look at the evidence. Let us take a look at the
|
||
norm for a typical CFD trader in the retail trading space.
|
||
Even though your broker makes all the tools under the sun available to you,
|
||
no one is immune to the statistics of the financial markets. Unless you have
|
||
gone through some sort of structured training, or you have been schooled by
|
||
someone who is walking the path you yourself want to walk, or you give
|
||
this endeavour some serious thought, you will most likely fail in the
|
||
financial markets.
|
||
Look at any broker website in the European Union, and you will see the
|
||
failure rate. Brokers are obliged by law to post this on the front page of
|
||
their website. Here are some of the biggest and most well-known CFD
|
||
brokers in the world, and their failure rates:
|
||
BROKER FAILURE RATE
|
||
IG Markets 75%
|
||
Markets.com 89%
|
||
CMC Markets 75%
|
||
Saxo Bank 74%
|
||
FX PRO 77%
|
||
Rates correct as of 7 November 2019.
|
||
I know you like to think you are different. However, in the eyes of the
|
||
financial markets, you are statistically like everyone else.
|
||
You can look at the top ten brokers of the world and the statistics do not
|
||
change. You can look at CMC Markets, you can look at IG Markets, you
|
||
can look at Gain Capital, or you can look at any one of the top tier or
|
||
second tier CFD brokers. No one will have a failure rate less than 70%.
|
||
NORMAL IS NOT GOOD ENOUGH
|
||
Tools do not make you a top trader. Techniques do not make you a top
|
||
trader. If you want to be a good trader, if you want to achieve the level of
|
||
success that you know is possible, you immediately need to stop thinking
|
||
that the path to riches in trading has anything to do with the tools or
|
||
techniques you are using.
|
||
Yes, of course you need a strategy. Yes, you need a plan. Yes, you need to
|
||
understand the markets. So, what is this book all about, if it is not about
|
||
tools and strategies?
|
||
Well, let me address that question from a different perspective. Let me
|
||
address it from the perspective of the people who work in the industry as
|
||
brokers and sales traders and as marketing people.
|
||
Do they trade?
|
||
I would say it is likely they do not. Yet, traders are taking advice, guidance
|
||
and training from them; they being guided by people who are no better at
|
||
trading than they are.
|
||
It reminds me of Fred Schwed’s book, Where Are the Customers’ Yachts?,
|
||
in which he says that Wall Street is the only place in the world where people
|
||
who arrive to work by train and bus give advice to people who arrive by
|
||
limousine and helicopter (slightly paraphrased for a more modern touch).
|
||
Traders are being guided by people who can’t trade!
|
||
WRONG FOCUS
|
||
When you go to trading shows, read trading magazines or look at the online
|
||
education materials on broker websites, 100% of the focus is on what I call
|
||
How To:
|
||
•How do I scalp?
|
||
•How do I swing trade?
|
||
•How do I day trade?
|
||
•How do I trend follow?
|
||
•How do I trade the foreign exchange (FX) market?
|
||
•How do I use Ichimoku charts?
|
||
•How do I trade with moving average convergence divergence
|
||
(MACD) or stochastics?
|
||
This is perfectly normal. The trade shows and magazines are geared
|
||
towards providing the solutions that most people believe they need in order
|
||
to make money in the financial markets. The brokers are following the same
|
||
path. They provide the information that they think traders need and that
|
||
traders think they need.
|
||
Newcomers to the industry of trading are often guided by the very people
|
||
who are likely to set them off on the wrong path. They are led to believe
|
||
that it is all about technique and strategy – no one is preparing them for the
|
||
fact that it isn’t strategy that will set them apart from other traders.
|
||
It is how traders think about their strategy – and their ability to follow the
|
||
strategy – that will set them apart.
|
||
Do you not wonder if this is the right path for you? Do you not wonder
|
||
about the futility of dedicating all your resources to one pursuit, when
|
||
virtually everyone who walked that path before you has failed?
|
||
You should. You really should ask yourself what makes you different to the
|
||
90% of traders that do not make money. If you are normal – as in you do
|
||
what everyone else is doing – then you won’t make it.
|
||
NORMAL WON’T CUT IT
|
||
The organisers of one of these trade shows invited me to give a talk. This
|
||
show was in London, and I was told I could talk about whatever I wanted. I
|
||
decided to give a talk about the disastrous failure rate in the trading
|
||
industry.
|
||
My argument is that if 90% of all CFD accounts lose money, the problem is
|
||
a human problem. I feel I am making a reasonable assumption when I say
|
||
that everyone opening a CFD account is a normal person with a normal way
|
||
of thinking. There must be something inherently wrong in the way normal
|
||
people think and act that makes trading so unsuccessful for them.
|
||
IT SHOULD BE EASIER THAN EVER
|
||
TO MAKE MONEY TRADING
|
||
I mentioned previously how small today’s bid-ask spreads are compared to
|
||
20 years ago. Therefore, it should be easier than ever for traders to make
|
||
money. However, it isn’t.
|
||
People are still struggling to make money trading. My main premise of this
|
||
book is to get to the bottom of this conundrum. The approach I have taken
|
||
is centred around the following facts:
|
||
1. It has never been easier to trade. The IT infrastructure is superb for
|
||
traders.
|
||
2. The spreads have never been lower.
|
||
3. The margins have never been more favourable.
|
||
4. The tools have never been so readily available.
|
||
5. The brokers have never done as much for their clients as they do
|
||
now.
|
||
6. The stock indices have never been higher, meaning there is
|
||
volatility.
|
||
To reiterate, I assume that people who open trading accounts are normal,
|
||
well-adjusted human beings – without using this as a slight or an insult –
|
||
who are perfectly capable of functioning within society.
|
||
The questions I want to ask, and answer, are these: what does normal
|
||
behaviour look like? How can I avoid being normal when I trade? If we
|
||
assume that 80–90% of people trading are normal people, I want to avoid
|
||
acting like they do.
|
||
ARE YOU NORMAL?
|
||
My argument, provocative as it is, asks an essential question: are you
|
||
thinking like everyone else is thinking and approaching trading like
|
||
everyone else is approaching trading?
|
||
If so, you will have a problem.
|
||
If you think like everyone else, is it so strange that you get the results that
|
||
everyone else gets?
|
||
Let us take a look at what normal behaviour is.
|
||
Normal behaviour is to engage in a never-ending cycle of education,
|
||
looking for the next new edge. I knew from the moment I read Liar’s Poker
|
||
that I wanted to be a trader, but I never had any formal training in how a
|
||
good trader behaves. Why should I? I was always told that a good trader
|
||
buys low and sells high. But every time I bought low, it always went lower
|
||
and lower. So what kind of advice was that?
|
||
And yet this is the advice we listen to when we start. This is the benchmark,
|
||
and if this is the benchmark, then it is a miracle that it is only 90% that are
|
||
losing. It should be 100%, because buying low and selling high is a sure
|
||
recipe for ruin.
|
||
People will attend weekend courses hoping to learn secrets. People will
|
||
study and learn to use tools such as candlestick analysis, stochastics,
|
||
Relative Strength Index (RSI), MACD and moving averages. The list goes
|
||
on and on. All of this is normal behaviour in a nutshell.
|
||
EVEN THE BIBLE IS WRONG
|
||
Even the bible of technical analysis doesn’t do much to help a person on
|
||
their way, once the initial learning curve is over.
|
||
The bible of technical analysis was authored by Robert D. Edwards and
|
||
John Magee. The book is called Technical Analysis of Stock Trends, and it
|
||
has sold millions of copies since its first printing in 1948.
|
||
What most readers don’t realise, however, is that Edwards and Magee were
|
||
not the real creators of modern technical analysis. Rather, it was a little-
|
||
known technical analyst named Richard W. Schabacker.
|
||
A brilliant market technician, Schabacker codified almost everything there
|
||
was to know about technical analysis up to his time – which included such
|
||
pioneering work as the Dow theory of Charles Dow.
|
||
Between 1930 and 1937, Schabacker taught several courses to serious Wall
|
||
Street traders and investors. Unfortunately, he died in 1938 when he was
|
||
not even 40 years old.
|
||
Shortly before his death, Schabacker gave a mimeographed copy of his
|
||
lessons to his brother-in-law, Robert D. Edwards, who rewrote
|
||
Schabacker’s lessons with the help of his collaborator, John F. Magee, an
|
||
MIT-trained engineer.
|
||
As a result, it was not Schabacker who received credit for the original
|
||
compilation of technical analysis, but Edwards and Magee, whose work
|
||
became a perennial bestseller.
|
||
Let me be clear: reading a book like Technical Analysis of Stock Trends is a
|
||
must, but please don’t think that it will make you a professional, profitable
|
||
trader, any more than reading a manual on tennis will enable you to
|
||
compete with Rafa Nadal.
|
||
I see newcomers make classic mistakes after reading books on technical
|
||
analysis. They will study indicators such as RSI and stochastics, and they
|
||
will excitedly declare that a market is ‘overbought’ or ‘oversold’.
|
||
What they don’t realise is that ‘overbought’ is an emotional expression for a
|
||
psychological conceptualisation of ‘expensive’. The people reading a
|
||
stochastics chart are led to believe – through a mathematical manipulation
|
||
of data – that the market is now expensive, and it should be shorted.
|
||
The same can be said for ‘oversold’. It is another way for the mind to tell
|
||
you that the market is cheap, and that there is value associated with it.
|
||
I’ll give you an example. Yesterday was a particularly bearish day in the
|
||
Dow Jones Index and the German DAX 40 Index. I was short all day and I
|
||
had one of my better days, all verified and documented on my Telegram
|
||
channel. It was 1 October 2019.
|
||
Towards the end of the day, when the Dow Index was falling even lower, a
|
||
student of mine contacted me and asked me a very alarming question. The
|
||
conversation was in Danish, and I have translated it here.
|
||
“Tom, have you seen the stochastics indicator? It is deeply in ‘oversold’
|
||
territory. Do you think it is a good idea to buy now, ahead of the close?”
|
||
I reply: “Hmm, I am short… maybe you should ask someone else.”
|
||
He goes on to express his absolute shock that I am short, and a little later he
|
||
goes on to state that he has bought the Dow at 25,590.
|
||
Of course, when there is a buyer, there is a seller. However, I am not
|
||
convinced that buying the Dow Jones Index ten minutes before the close, on
|
||
a day where it has fallen 400 points, is a good idea.
|
||
It reminds me of the kind of thinking I would have done 20 years ago. Not
|
||
today though. If I buy the Dow on a weak day, just before the close, it is to
|
||
close a short position. I value my sleep too much to carry a position
|
||
overnight.
|
||
I said to him: “You had all day to find a short entry. What are you hoping to
|
||
achieve by being a buyer now? Are you thinking that because it has fallen
|
||
400 points, now it is cheap, and maybe just before the close, you may see
|
||
some buying of these cheap stocks?”
|
||
I used to think like that too. That was when I was not profitable.
|
||
The Dow didn’t rally into the close. There was no bounce. I am sure my
|
||
student didn’t lose a lot. It wasn’t so much his wallet I was concerned about
|
||
– it was his way of thinking.
|
||
That is what this book is about. It is about making you think the right way
|
||
about the market. That is where the 80–90% of losing traders tend to go
|
||
wrong.
|
||
CLOSE THE SCHOOL
|
||
If trading was a school, it would be closed. No school or university could
|
||
function if 90% of its students failed their exams.
|
||
We are all pretty much normal people. We fit in and function well within
|
||
the fabric of modern society. If every person engaged in trading is a normal
|
||
human being – and I assume they are, meaning they are well-functioning,
|
||
intelligent, considerate, hard-working – then why is there a 90% failure rate
|
||
in our industry?
|
||
That doesn’t make any sense at all. Usually when people work hard at
|
||
something they will succeed, or they will see some degree of success. That
|
||
doesn’t appear to be the case with trading. Other professions do not have a
|
||
90% failure rate.
|
||
If you go to the dentist, and you are told there is a 90% chance he will not
|
||
be able to fix your teeth, you are out of there like a shot. Yet, those are the
|
||
odds that face a private trader. But it doesn’t have to be like that.
|
||
As traders, we tend to engage in a never-ending, predictable cycle. We trade
|
||
well for a while. We are happy. Our discipline weakens. We lose money. We
|
||
strengthen our resolve, and we get more education. We do well for a while.
|
||
We lose money. We stop – sometimes for a while, sometimes permanently.
|
||
Sound familiar?
|
||
The sad part about this cycle is that everybody has good spells in trading.
|
||
Everybody has periods when they make money. Everybody has their
|
||
moments. I am sure you have too.
|
||
So what happens? What happens is that 99% of people do not know how to
|
||
lose. The emotions they experience when they lose cause them to act in a
|
||
manner which is not in their own best interest.
|
||
Emotions are response driven. Say you hear a funny joke, and you laugh out
|
||
loud. That is an emotion. When you hear the joke the next time, you don’t
|
||
laugh. Your mind has become habituated to the joke.
|
||
When you fall in love with a beautiful man or woman you experience
|
||
strong emotions, and your inner life is in beautiful turmoil. When you see
|
||
that person, you just want to express your love for him or her, and be united
|
||
with them, gaze into their eyes.
|
||
As time goes by, your loving turmoil is replaced with a sense of calm. You
|
||
love being around them, but the feelings of passion are less pronounced
|
||
than they were in the beginning. You have become habituated to the other
|
||
person.
|
||
A free solo climber, climbing intimidating rock surfaces without ropes, is
|
||
faced with severe consequences if they lose their grip. They acclimatise
|
||
their minds through years of practice, so that their amygdala – the
|
||
emotional response centre of the mind – is not firing on all cylinders when
|
||
they are climbing. They are calm.
|
||
An elite solider is scared to death the first time he is in a combat situation.
|
||
That is why his first combat situation will be a simulation. And the next
|
||
one. And the next one. And little by little, his fear is trained out of him,
|
||
through the use of repetition, breathing awareness and habituation.
|
||
For every hour you spend on technical analysis, you must set aside at least
|
||
25% of that time for what I call internal analysis. You need to know what
|
||
your weaknesses are. You need to know what your strengths are. You need
|
||
to know what you are good at, and you need to know what you are not good
|
||
at.
|
||
If you don’t spend time trying to improve these things, how will you get
|
||
better? Very few people, if any, will engage in that level of introspection in
|
||
order to gain the results they want. If making money trading is your goal,
|
||
and 99% of people lose, and 99% of people think analysis and strategies are
|
||
the key to trading profits, you can be 100% sure that strategies and analysis
|
||
are not the key to trading profits.
|
||
43 MILLION TRADES ANALYSED
|
||
There is a piece of research that makes for very interesting reading. It was
|
||
the brainchild of an analyst called David Rodriguez, and it is brilliant.
|
||
Rodriguez worked for a major FX broker, and he attempted to find out why
|
||
there was such a high failure rate amongst its clients trading currencies. The
|
||
broker had some 25,000 people who traded FX daily.
|
||
Rodriguez investigated all the trades executed over a 15-month period. The
|
||
number of trades was truly staggering. The 25,000 people executed close to
|
||
43 million trades. From a statistical point of view, that created a statistically
|
||
significant and immensely interesting sample space to investigate.
|
||
Specifically, Rodriguez and his colleagues looked at the number of winning
|
||
trades. I would like to give you an opportunity now to think about how
|
||
many trades were winning trades and how many trades were losing trades.
|
||
You can represent it as a percentage of the overall 43 million trades.
|
||
If you feel it has any influence on the answer you want to give, I can tell
|
||
you that most of the trades were executed in Euro Dollar, Sterling Dollar,
|
||
Dollar Swiss and Dollar Yen.
|
||
However, the vast majority of the trades were executed in Euro Dollar,
|
||
where the spread is very tight. Unfortunately, that doesn’t seem to make
|
||
much of a difference to the outcome.
|
||
62% of all the trades by the broker’s clients ended in a profit. That is a little
|
||
more than six out of ten trades. That’s a good hit rate. A trader with a hit
|
||
rate of six out of ten should be able to make money from trading.
|
||
Of course, it does depend greatly on how much he wins when he wins and
|
||
how much he loses when he loses. Therein lies the problem for the 25,000
|
||
people.
|
||
They were very successful in terms of hit rate. Yet when you look at how
|
||
much they made on average per trade and how much they lost on average
|
||
per trade, you soon realise that they had a major problem. When they won,
|
||
they made about 43 pips. When they lost, they lost about 78 pips.
|
||
There’s nothing wrong with having a system where you lose more on your
|
||
losing trades than you win on your winning trades. However, it does require
|
||
that you have a sufficiently high hit rate in order to absorb the losing trades.
|
||
A colleague of mine, a professional trader from South Africa who trades at
|
||
a hedge fund, has a hit rate of about 25%. I tell his story in greater detail
|
||
later in the book, but let me explain the term hit rate in the context of his
|
||
hedge fund.
|
||
When his hedge fund loses on a trade, they lose 1X. When they win, they
|
||
win as high as 25X. It stands to reason that my friend is immensely
|
||
profitable even though he doesn’t have a convincing hit rate, at least not
|
||
from a traditional perspective.
|
||
What I find particularly interesting is how much bad advice there is in the
|
||
trading industry. You will often hear traders talk about risk-to-reward ratio,
|
||
which in itself is fairly innocent, unless the trader takes it literally and
|
||
applies it on a trade-by-trade basis.
|
||
When I call out trades in my live TraderTom Telegram group, I will always
|
||
announce a stop-loss. Always! However, I often get asked if I have a target
|
||
in mind. The answer is quite often a little sarcastic: “No, my crystal ball is
|
||
out for repairs,” or if I am particularly grumpy and tired, I will be rude and
|
||
say, “Sorry amigo, but do I look like a fortune teller to you?”
|
||
Yes, I know – that isn’t very polite. I’m sorry. Ignoring my blatant inability
|
||
to be polite when I am faced with the same question for the 450th time,
|
||
there is a deeper meaning to me not calling targets on my trades. It has a lot
|
||
to do with risk versus reward.
|
||
RISK VERSUS REWARD
|
||
I personally find the whole risk-to-reward concept enormously flawed, but
|
||
since I am the only one who ever talks about it, I accept that I am probably
|
||
wrong. Still, hear me out.
|
||
How on earth do I know what my reward will be? I literally do not know.
|
||
Even if I pretended to know – say, by using a measured move calculation or
|
||
a Fibonacci extension – I know myself well enough to know that I will have
|
||
added to my trade along the way. When it got to my target, I would not
|
||
close it, because that is my philosophy.
|
||
I would kick myself if I closed a trade at my target, and then it went even
|
||
further. I would rather give away some of my open profits than miss out on
|
||
potentially even more profits.
|
||
Now I am probably making a big fuss out of nothing, but targets are not for
|
||
me. I want to see what the market will give me. I am prepared to accept that
|
||
this may mean I will give away some of my open profits. I have lost count
|
||
of the number of times I have had a 100-point winner in the Dow, which
|
||
then turned into a zero.
|
||
A week before writing this (all documented of course) I had one such
|
||
winner, which turned into a big fat zero. Some less-than-happy traders
|
||
confronted me in my live trading room as to why I had not taken my profits.
|
||
It is difficult to explain, but it is all to do with pain.
|
||
It gives me much less pain to kiss a 100-point winner goodbye than it does
|
||
to take my 100 points, only to see the market moving even more in my
|
||
favour.
|
||
It is because of this philosophy that I am at times able to make 400–500-
|
||
point gains, as I did today. It is one or the other. I don’t think you can have
|
||
the best of both worlds!
|
||
INTERVIEW WITH CNN
|
||
In an interview with CNN some years ago, I was asked about the traits of
|
||
winning traders. In this very candid interview, I highlighted a few points
|
||
that I felt differentiated the winning traders from the losing traders. It was
|
||
based upon my experiences from observing millions of trades by retail
|
||
traders, while I was on the brokerage trading floor. Here are the main
|
||
differences I identified:
|
||
1. TRYING TO FIND THE LOW
|
||
When the market is trending lower, whether intraday or over a longer time
|
||
frame, there seems to be a tendency for retail traders to attempt to find the
|
||
low of the move.
|
||
Whether that is out of a desire to buy cheap, or because they use ineffective
|
||
tools, I simply don’t know. What I do know is that this trait is immensely
|
||
damaging to anyone’s trading account.
|
||
Winning traders seem to be much more trusting of the prevailing trend. This
|
||
attitude adjustment may seem trivial, but it literally makes the difference
|
||
between the winning trader and the losing trader.
|
||
Over time the losing trader will repeat his distrust in the prevailing trend
|
||
and will take positions against it. He will do so because from an emotional
|
||
standpoint it appears as if he is buying a market that is cheap or selling
|
||
short a market that is expensive.
|
||
This is emotionally satisfying, like buying toilet paper at a 50% discount
|
||
from the local supermarket, but the financial markets are not supermarkets.
|
||
There is no ‘cheap’. There is no ‘expensive’. There is just the prevailing
|
||
price.
|
||
The winning trader, however, is not emotionally attached to an idea of
|
||
‘cheap’ or ‘expensive’. He is focused on this moment right now, and in this
|
||
moment right now the market is trending, and he trusts this trend and can
|
||
unemotionally join this trend without internal discomfort.
|
||
2. TRYING TO FIND THE HIGH
|
||
The opposite also holds true. When the market is trending higher, traders
|
||
tend to want to find a place to sell short. Although it must be said that
|
||
people are generally better at jumping on board a market that has already
|
||
risen than they are at jumping on board with a short position in a market
|
||
that has already fallen significantly.
|
||
If the market has moved higher by a significant amount, especially in the
|
||
very short term, retail traders tend to want to fade the rising prices, i.e., they
|
||
look to establish short positions. Again, this is probably the result of a
|
||
distorted view of things being cheap and things being expensive.
|
||
3. THINKING EVERY SMALL COUNTER-MOVE AGAINST
|
||
A TREND IS THE START OF A NEW TREND
|
||
I have sat on a trading floor through the darkest days of the financial
|
||
markets. For example, 15 September 2008, when Lehman Brothers was
|
||
declared bankrupt, the Dow Jones Index fell 4.5%.
|
||
Throughout that trading day, there were two attempts to rally. Both failed. It
|
||
was tragic to see how many clients tried to buy the low of the day, only to
|
||
see the Dow move lower and lower.
|
||
Whenever there was a single green candle on the 5-minute chart that day,
|
||
we saw the buy order flow into our position monitors on the trading floor. It
|
||
seemed as if the clients were possessed by the notion that a low was near,
|
||
and that they had to be the one buying it.
|
||
The low didn’t come that day. Nor the next day.
|
||
This is a common trait amongst traders. They think that every single little
|
||
counter reaction against the trend is the beginning of a new trend. More
|
||
fortunes have been lost trying to catch the lows in a falling market than in
|
||
all wars put together (okay, this is an unsubstantiated statement made for
|
||
emphasis, but please don’t attempt to catch lows).
|
||
It seems obvious to me that newcomers and probably also some seasoned
|
||
traders – profitable or unprofitable – believe that successful trading is all
|
||
about charts.
|
||
This belief is a detriment to their accounts, because no one ever took the
|
||
time to tell them otherwise. No one told them, or thought to tell them, or
|
||
knew enough to tell them, that actually focusing all your time on your
|
||
charts is a mistaken strategy. We’ll look at this further in the next chapter.
|
||
EVERYONE IS A CHART EXPERT
|
||
I ONCE DECLARED IN an article that you can learn the basics of technical analysis
|
||
over a weekend. I may have exaggerated a little – but only a little.
|
||
I know without an inkling of doubt that a chart expert does not equate to a
|
||
trading expert. I have seen so many of my trading friends build impressive
|
||
libraries of technical indicators and acquire knowledge about both known
|
||
and obscure technical indicators. But it didn’t translate into making more
|
||
money. When it comes to charts, less can be more.
|
||
Charts can be as simple or as complicated as you want. There seems to be a
|
||
tendency amongst traders to make charting more complicated than it really
|
||
needs to be. I have seen many new traders plaster their charts with so many
|
||
tools that they can barely see the price chart itself.
|
||
It surprises many people, especially newcomers, when they see my chart
|
||
screens. There is not a single indicator on them. Not a single one. I might be
|
||
old fashioned, but I don’t need these extra tools.
|
||
My job as a trader is to find low-risk trading setups. My approach to trading
|
||
is not centred around any other tool than price itself. All indicators – more
|
||
or less – are built from time and price. Therefore, the indicator is a
|
||
distortion of the reality I am seeing right in front of me.
|
||
The markets can be range bound, or the markets can trend. Some indicators
|
||
work well in ranging markets. These usually perform terribly in trending
|
||
markets. Other indicators work well in trending markets, but are dreadful to
|
||
use in range-bound markets.
|
||
As a famous trader friend of mine, Tepid2, once said on the now-defunct
|
||
trader feed Avid Trader: “Indicators – they all work some of the time, but
|
||
none of them work all of the time.”
|
||
I think that many of the 90% of people that lose money trading may very
|
||
well have excellent chart reading abilities. They can read charts very well,
|
||
and they understand patterns too.
|
||
However, I happen to think there is much more to trading than knowing a
|
||
head and shoulder formation, a bar chart pattern or a Fibonacci ratio.
|
||
I have seen outstanding traders juggle millions of pounds worth of stock
|
||
index futures contracts using nothing but a simple ten-minute chart. In fact,
|
||
I do that myself every single trading day.
|
||
I truly believe that what separates the 1% from the 99% is how they think
|
||
when they are in a trade, how they handle their emotions when they trade.
|
||
That is not to say that there is no merit to learning the craft of chart reading.
|
||
I know from my own experience that chart reading is an absolute must for
|
||
my decision making, but that is only a small part of the whole trading
|
||
picture.
|
||
The proliferation of gurus selling trading courses is evidence there is a
|
||
demand to learn the art and craft of trading. I suspect the ‘shortcut’ of a
|
||
weekend course is a much more appealing proposition than spending that
|
||
time reading books.
|
||
If a guru holding a weekend course on trading claims that you will be
|
||
qualified to trade “like the millionaire professionals” by the Sunday night,
|
||
then the unsuspecting will select that option. It is perfectly natural to expect
|
||
a human being to drift down the path of least resistance.
|
||
Learning any new skill takes time. So when you see an advert saying “learn
|
||
a new language in 30 days”, you might not believe it consciously, but
|
||
subconsciously you want to believe it, because people love shortcuts.
|
||
Similarly, a diet book that promises you will lose 5kg in a year is unlikely
|
||
to sell as well as one promising you will lose 5kg in two weeks.
|
||
My philosophy to life is different from so many other people’s. This is the
|
||
reason I have what so many people dream of. I will choose the path of most
|
||
resistance, because I know I need to stay clear of the opinion of the 99%.
|
||
If you think I am conceited, then you are thoroughly mistaken. I have no
|
||
inflated view of myself. Quite the contrary. I decide carefully what I want,
|
||
and then I work towards it. This book reflects that ethos.
|
||
You truly can be a master trader. You truly can live in the house you desire,
|
||
with the cars you desire in the drive. BUT you must believe me when I say
|
||
that in order to get what you want, you need to think like the 1%. In fact,
|
||
you don’t even need to think like the 1%. You just need to not think like the
|
||
99%.
|
||
The following trade is a good example of how mindset trumps technical
|
||
analysis any day of the week. In this example I short the German DAX 30
|
||
Index.
|
||
I get stopped out for a loss. I kick myself, because my stop-loss gets
|
||
exceeded by a point or so, only to reverse back in my favour. My stop was
|
||
too tight. Rather than lose my composure, I dismiss it.
|
||
Let me pause for a second. Do you know why some athletes let out a shout
|
||
of frustration when they are not performing well? I thought about it for a
|
||
while, after I saw Serena Williams shout when she lost an important point
|
||
in a Wimbledon tennis final.
|
||
I think they let out a cry because it is a way to reset the mind, to come back
|
||
into balance and get into the zone again. The act of letting out a cry helps
|
||
them get rid of the frustration and find their inner peace and balance again.
|
||
I re-enter a short position at 14,479.80. The screenshot below is from the
|
||
time of the trade.
|
||
AmountOpen PriceCurrent PriceOpen P/L
|
||
Germany 30Sell 200
|
||
12479.812478.5
|
||
€ 260.00
|
||
Wall Street 30Sell 200 27044 27046 −$500.00
|
||
The chart at the time of the trade looks as shown in Figure 1.
|
||
Figure 1
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
The DAX had gapped up. Did you know that only 48% of all gaps get filled
|
||
on the same trading day?
|
||
By the third trading day after the gap, 76% of gaps were filled. Why am I
|
||
telling you this? Don’t believe trading books stating that all gaps get filled.
|
||
They do not!
|
||
I short the DAX because the second bar on the chart is an inside bar – from
|
||
the first ten-minute bar at the open. The third bar closes below the lowest
|
||
point of the inside bar. Now I have a sell signal, because the first bar’s high
|
||
is at the same price as a prior high – a double top. I have a stop-loss in
|
||
place. I have done my job as a trader. I have identified a low-risk entry
|
||
point, and I have placed my stop-loss.
|
||
At this point in time, I am at the mercy of the markets. Maybe this will be a
|
||
great trade. Maybe it won’t. Who knows? No one knows. Before I carry on,
|
||
I would like to ask YOU a question. It is a question for you to ponder upon.
|
||
Say you believe in the whole risk-to-reward argument, and you decide that
|
||
you have a 40-point profit target. You decide upon a 40-point profit target
|
||
because you risked 20 points. So, you argue that risk-to-reward is 2:1, two
|
||
units of profit for one unit of risk, which sounds good.
|
||
It all sounds great, and there is virtually no textbook on trading that would
|
||
argue against it. But I am arguing against it. I want to ask you some simple
|
||
questions.
|
||
If you make 40 points on this short position, and the market continues in
|
||
your favour, how will you feel? How will you feel if a few hours later you
|
||
see the market down a further 100 points from your exit?
|
||
I think the risk-to-reward concept has been designed by an academic who
|
||
does not understand risk and the mind’s association with risk. I think this
|
||
academic has created a method to keep his mind at peace, in order to avoid
|
||
pain.
|
||
Fifty minutes later the DAX is filling the gap. This is shown in Figure 2.
|
||
The position is in profit.
|
||
Figure 2
|
||
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
A colleague of mine has followed my trade. The chart is looking good for
|
||
us. We are in a conversation about the trade. It goes like this:
|
||
Friend: I am tempted to take my profit. Do you have a target for this trade?
|
||
Tom: Amigo, I don’t trade with targets. Let’s see what the market will give us. Stop-loss is at
|
||
breakeven. We can’t lose.
|
||
Friend: Yes, I know. But yesterday was a poor day of trading. I lost 150 points. I read the
|
||
market poorly. I had an idea, and the idea didn’t work out. Either way, I lost 150 points. If I
|
||
close my DAX position right now, I can make up for the lost trade this morning, and I can
|
||
recover a lot of the points lost yesterday.
|
||
What do you think?
|
||
Tom: I think you are trading yesterday’s experience. You haven’t wiped the mind-slate clean.
|
||
You are not present. You are focused on the past. You are trying to get back to an emotional
|
||
equilibrium. You are in a state of imbalance because you are unable to shake the loss from
|
||
yesterday. As a result, you are not judging the trade on its own merit, but on the merit of a past
|
||
trade. You are not seeing the world as it is. You are seeing it as you are.
|
||
I understand it is a soothing thought to close the trade. However, we are not trading to break
|
||
even. We are trading to make money.
|
||
Can you appreciate that trading is a mind game? It is a game of nerves. My
|
||
friend was understandably shaken from his loss yesterday. He carried the
|
||
loss over to the next day. It affected his decision making.
|
||
Back in 2007 I was invited to the Wimbledon tennis final. My friend was a
|
||
big name in the media industry, and none other than Ralph Lauren had
|
||
invited her to the tennis final – with a guest. So, there I was in the VIP tent,
|
||
and I got to sit next to Luke Donald, who at the time was one of the best
|
||
golfers in the world.
|
||
He is a softly spoken man, and very polite. We got talking about Tiger
|
||
Woods, and I asked him a pretty to-the-point question about competing with
|
||
Tiger.
|
||
“Is Tiger Woods a better golfer than you?”
|
||
I found his answer so incredibly insightful that I never forgot it. He said:
|
||
I don’t think Tiger is a better golfer than me, if you measure it in how
|
||
well we putt, or how far we hit the ball, but Tiger Woods does have an
|
||
amazing ability to forget his mistakes and move on.
|
||
For example, we can be on the 15th and both make a bad putt. By the
|
||
time we get to tee up on the 16th, it is as if Tiger has wiped his mind of
|
||
whatever happened on the 15th, and he is totally in the moment.
|
||
I, on the other hand, will still deal with the mistake I made on the 15th,
|
||
and it will affect my performance on the 16th.
|
||
That is a truly insightful perspective of what really separates the very best
|
||
in a chosen field. It is the mind, and what it processes at any given moment
|
||
in time. Is it working with you or against you?
|
||
COGNITIVE DISSONANCE
|
||
My friend is having a ping-pong dialogue in his head, arguing for and
|
||
against taking profits. I am no stranger to that conversation. I may have
|
||
many years of trading experience, but I still have those thoughts in my
|
||
head. I am just mindful of them when they arrive. When they do, I focus on
|
||
the chart and what it is telling me. I don’t look at the profit and loss (P&L).
|
||
What my friend is experiencing is known as cognitive dissonance. In the
|
||
field of psychology, cognitive dissonance is the mental discomfort –
|
||
psychological stress – experienced by an individual who simultaneously
|
||
holds two contradictory beliefs or ideas in their head.
|
||
This discomfort is triggered by a situation in which a person’s belief clashes
|
||
with new evidence contradicting that belief. When confronted with facts
|
||
that contradict beliefs, ideals, and values, people will try to find a way to
|
||
resolve the contradiction to reduce their discomfort.
|
||
The best way for your rational mind to resolve the discomfort of a
|
||
profitable position is to close it. The best way for the rational mind to
|
||
resolve the discomfort of a losing position is to let it run.
|
||
In his 1957 book, A Theory of Cognitive Dissonance, author Leon Festinger
|
||
proposed that human beings strive for internal psychological consistency to
|
||
function mentally in the real world. He says that a person who experiences
|
||
internal inconsistency tends to become psychologically uncomfortable and
|
||
is motivated to reduce the cognitive dissonance.
|
||
One way to achieve the goal of reducing the discomfort is by making
|
||
changes to justify the stressful behaviour, either by adding new
|
||
unsubstantiated or irrelevant information to the cognition, or by avoiding
|
||
circumstances and contradictory information likely to increase the
|
||
magnitude of the cognitive dissonance.
|
||
In my friend’s case, he is conflicted. He is associating pain with the
|
||
performance of yesterday. He has an opportunity to eradicate the pain by
|
||
closing his profitable position right now. The way he justifies this reasoning
|
||
is by ignoring the information the market is giving him about his position.
|
||
The market participants agree that the market should be sold short, but
|
||
instead of acknowledging this, he is ignoring it.
|
||
From a logical point of view, this all makes sense. From an emotional point
|
||
of view, this is an inconsistent approach to trading. Our trades from
|
||
yesterday have no bearing on the markets today.
|
||
It is a new day. It is a new set of circumstances. Yet to most people’s minds,
|
||
the two trading days are connected. To our minds we are continuing today
|
||
what we did yesterday. “Why wouldn’t we be?” we tell ourselves.
|
||
Are you telling me that you can ‘reset’ your emotions every morning? Are
|
||
you telling me that you can go to bed at night after a blazing row with your
|
||
loved ones, and wake up reset and emotionally in equilibrium?
|
||
I doubt it; at least, not without a conscious effort. It is for this reason that I
|
||
warm up ahead of the trading day by going through a process. We cover that
|
||
later in the book. It is, after all, what the book is about. It is a recipe book
|
||
for methods to avoid the pitfalls that the 90% experience.
|
||
Now, what is the source of my friend’s turmoil? It is fear. Pure and simple.
|
||
He is afraid he will lose what he has made on paper. He is desperate to get
|
||
back to an emotional state where he is at peace. He is no longer trading the
|
||
charts. He is no longer trading the markets. He is trading his own mental
|
||
wellbeing.
|
||
FEAR
|
||
My friend is fearful. He is afraid that the money he lost yesterday will not
|
||
be offset by the good trade he has going now. He is afraid that the profits he
|
||
is currently experiencing will diminish, or in the worst case disappear.
|
||
He acknowledges that he can’t lose on the trade. The stop-loss is now at
|
||
breakeven. Unfortunately, that gives him little comfort.
|
||
I once saw a quote that made me smile: everything you ever wanted lives
|
||
on the other side of fear. Yet fear is a necessity in our lives. The human
|
||
brain is a product of millions of years of evolution, and we are hardwired
|
||
with instincts that helped our ancestors to survive. We need fear to ensure
|
||
survival in certain situations, but many of the fears that we carry are not
|
||
appropriate for our trading.
|
||
Our minds have a primary function, which is to protect us against pain. If
|
||
you introduce big drastic changes in your life, you are likely going to come
|
||
face to face with that pain. A clever way to build staying power during
|
||
change is to introduce that change slowly.
|
||
Say you set yourself the ambitious target of running a marathon. You
|
||
achieve this goal by building up your body and mind for the task. Trading
|
||
big size is exactly the same process. You need to give your mind time to
|
||
learn to handle the mental anguish that comes from losing when the stakes
|
||
are bigger.
|
||
There is no point in comparing yourself with others. Sure, take inspiration
|
||
from others; but know this is a personal journey, and your job is to achieve
|
||
an equilibrium mindset, no matter what size you are trading.
|
||
PHILIPPE PETIT
|
||
I saw a documentary about Philippe Petit a long time ago. Petit was a
|
||
French artist who strapped a wire between the two World Trade Center
|
||
buildings and then walked across it – several times.
|
||
What struck me about the incredible feat was the preparation.
|
||
It took Philippe some seven years of physical and mental training to
|
||
accomplish the feat. Did you think he just set off and hoped for the best?
|
||
No. In fact his original training height was quite modest compared to the
|
||
altitudes he would eventually reach.
|
||
Philippe Petit is a fascinating character; he is someone who has had to deal
|
||
with fear at a level beyond that which the rest of us have. I have learned a
|
||
lot about fear and identifying my own shortcomings by studying his
|
||
approach to his craft.
|
||
VISUALISATION
|
||
“Before my high-wire walk across the Seine to the second story of the
|
||
Eiffel Tower, the seven-hundred-yard-long inclined cable looked so steep,
|
||
the shadow of fear so real, I worried. Had there been an error in rigging
|
||
calculations?”
|
||
How does Petit overcome these doubts?
|
||
With a simple visualisation exercise.
|
||
“On the spot I vanquished my anxiety by imagining the best outcome: my
|
||
victorious last step above a cheering crowd of 250,000.”
|
||
Added to this, Petit exaggerates his fears. Rather than try to muscle through
|
||
or outwit fear, he suggests taming it by building it up so that when you are
|
||
finally faced with your fear, you will be disappointed by how mundane the
|
||
threat really is:
|
||
A clever tool in the arsenal to destroy fear: if a nightmare taps you on
|
||
the shoulder, do not turn around immediately expecting to be scared.
|
||
Pause and expect more, exaggerate.
|
||
Be ready to be very afraid, to scream in terror. The more delirious your
|
||
expectation, the safer you will be when you see that reality is much
|
||
less horrifying than what you had envisioned. Now turn around. See?
|
||
It was not that bad – and you’re already smiling.
|
||
He goes on to say that he has fears like everyone else. In particular, he talks
|
||
about his dislike of spiders:
|
||
On the ground I profess to know no fear, but I lie. I will confess, with
|
||
self-mockery, to arachnophobia and cynophobia [fear of dogs].
|
||
Because I see fear as an absence of knowledge, it would be simple for
|
||
me to conquer such silly terrors.
|
||
“I am too busy these days,” I’ll say, “but when I decide it’s time to get
|
||
rid of my aversion to animals with too many legs (or not enough legs
|
||
—snakes are not my friends, either), I know exactly how to proceed.”
|
||
I will read science reports, watch documentaries, visit the zoo. I will
|
||
interview spider-wranglers (is there such a profession?) to discover
|
||
how these creatures evolved, how they hunt, mate, sleep, and, most
|
||
importantly, what frightens the hairy, scary beast. Then, like James
|
||
Bond, I won’t have any problem having a tarantula dance on my
|
||
forearm.
|
||
Petit’s walk remains one of the most fabled – and stunning – acts of public
|
||
art ever. He says there was no why behind the act. To quote his own words:
|
||
To me, it is really simple. Life should be lived on the edge of life. You
|
||
have to exercise rebellion, to refuse to tape yourself to rules, to refuse
|
||
your own success, to refuse to repeat yourself, to see every day, every
|
||
year, every idea as a true challenge, and then you are going to live your
|
||
life on a tightrope.
|
||
THE EGO, AND WONDERFUL
|
||
FAILURE
|
||
I am not a fan of clichés. They display a lack of original thought. I am quite
|
||
cynical towards those who peddle clichés. It doesn’t sit well with me to hear
|
||
people say that I should run my profits and cut my losses. Yes, but how do I
|
||
deal with the fear of running my profits?
|
||
It doesn’t sit well with me when a female friend tells me she is in an
|
||
abusive relationship, and another friend chirps in and dismissively states
|
||
that the solution is to “just leave the bastard.” It is a platitude. It is factually
|
||
true, but it is nonsense, nevertheless.
|
||
When a solution is obvious, the problem is rarely the only problem. You
|
||
might as well tell an alcoholic to just stop drinking. There is a reason he is
|
||
drinking, and there is a reason he is struggling to stop.
|
||
Does failure exist? I come from a home where you rarely received praise
|
||
for your achievements. They were expected. The failures, on the other hand,
|
||
were pointed out – and not in a constructive manner.
|
||
I had to retrain my mind to stop being afraid of making mistakes. I used to
|
||
have a favourite saying as a child: “It is not my fault”. Today the buck stops
|
||
with me every time. It is always my fault. I am good at making mistakes, so
|
||
that I can learn from them.
|
||
Failure is a friend in life – if you tell your mind that it is okay to fail. I
|
||
participate in a radio programme about trading and investments. The focal
|
||
point of the show is the competition between two other traders and me.
|
||
The competition is always fierce, and every week we are questioned about
|
||
the content of our portfolios. My trading style is quite black and white. If I
|
||
think the market is headed lower, I will buy some put options or some bear
|
||
certificates, and vice-versa if I am bullish.
|
||
I learned a long time ago that the best way to shut down a journalist is to be
|
||
100% honest. So, when the radio host baits me by saying “Uhm Tom, you
|
||
got that one wrong, huh?”, the worst thing I can do is to start defending
|
||
myself. If I start making excuses or argue a defensive stance, I simply pour
|
||
petrol on that fire.
|
||
It is such a great metaphor for life. Own up to your errors and be done with
|
||
it. So, when the radio host is trying to engage in a line of questioning aimed
|
||
at getting me to defend myself, I always double down in the opposite
|
||
direction by saying something like, “Oh my lord, I don’t think I could have
|
||
been more wrong, even if I tried,” or “Oh boy, even a five-year-old could
|
||
have done better than me.”
|
||
TRADING MIND UPSIDE-DOWN
|
||
From my research into the behaviour of our clients during my years at City
|
||
Index, I concluded that the overwhelming majority had an unhealthy mental
|
||
thought pattern. They would feel fear at times where there was no reason to
|
||
be fearful. This would manifest during times in which their positions were
|
||
making money.
|
||
However I manipulate the argument, it is still a fear of losing. In this case it
|
||
is the fear of losing the profits accrued on paper.
|
||
When the clients were in losing positions, they would be reluctant to realise
|
||
the loss. It was as if they had the attitude that as long as the position was
|
||
open, it might still come good. As I see it, they opted to replace fear with
|
||
hope. They hoped the losing position would come back to breakeven.
|
||
Going back to the DAX example, my friend hung on to the trade. I did my
|
||
best to guide him through the pain. He moved his stop-loss down. It meant
|
||
he had some profits to show for it, if the market moved back up again.
|
||
In my experience if you can guide a person through a successful trade,
|
||
where he or she holds on to the trade, you will begin to create the right kind
|
||
of neuro-associations. The trader will experience the thrill of holding on to
|
||
a trade. They will experience the joy of locking in more and more profits.
|
||
My friend was over the moon with the development of the chart. However,
|
||
it was quite clear that he was constantly looking for reasons to take profit.
|
||
The thought of leaving money on the table did not sit well with him at all.
|
||
To his credit he held on to the trade, spurred on by my conviction that the
|
||
market showed nothing but weakness. We were soon rewarded by a sudden
|
||
liquidity vacuum. I try not to get excited when the market is giving me a
|
||
windfall. However, at times even I will have to fist pump the air, even
|
||
though I am alone in my office.
|
||
The whole trade sequence is displayed in the time-stamped records in my
|
||
Telegram channel under 1 October 2019. See Figure 3.
|
||
Figure 3
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
ELON MUSK
|
||
I am not a fan of Tesla. This is due to the fact I shorted it and lost big. Yes, I
|
||
know. What a silly argument, considering Teslas are seemingly good cars.
|
||
I am a fan of Elon Musk, however. We are bound to make mistakes in life,
|
||
but mistakes are like fuel for the rocket of improvement. Talking of rockets,
|
||
how do you think people like Elon Musk handle failure?
|
||
He is trying to accomplish incredible, life-changing things – things like the
|
||
electrification of automobiles and the colonisation of space – and he does it
|
||
while the whole world is watching.
|
||
For him the possibility of failure is ever present. Not only that, but when he
|
||
fails it becomes spectacular headline news. Yet Musk just keeps on going
|
||
and going, doing things that are extremely risky but also extremely
|
||
important.
|
||
How does he handle his fear of failure? Does he even fear failure at all, or is
|
||
he somehow hardwired with resilience again this form of anxiety?
|
||
Apparently not. Musk has publicly stated he feels fear quite strongly. So
|
||
how does he keep going despite this terror?
|
||
There are two main elements to Musk’s ability to overcome his fears. The
|
||
first is an overwhelming passion for his projects. He admits that SpaceX
|
||
was an insane venture, but he had a compelling reason for pushing ahead:
|
||
I had concluded that if something didn’t happen to improve rocket
|
||
technology, we’d be stuck on earth forever. People sometimes think
|
||
technology just automatically gets better every year but actually it
|
||
doesn’t. It only gets better if smart people work like crazy to make it
|
||
better.
|
||
By itself, technology, if people don’t work at it, actually will decline.
|
||
Look at, say, ancient Egypt, where they were able to build these
|
||
incredible pyramids and then they basically forgot how to build
|
||
pyramids… There are many such examples in history... entropy is not
|
||
on your side.
|
||
Elon Musk was not prepared to sit idly by and watch history repeat itself.
|
||
The second element is what Musk calls fatalism. Just focusing on why
|
||
you’re taking a scary risk isn’t always enough to overcome hesitation. It
|
||
wasn’t for Musk:
|
||
Something that can be helpful is fatalism, to some degree. If you just
|
||
accept the probabilities, then that diminishes fear. When starting
|
||
SpaceX, I thought the odds of success were less than ten percent and I
|
||
just accepted that actually probably I would just lose everything. But
|
||
that maybe we would make some progress.
|
||
He is not the only one to use this approach. Visualising the worst-case
|
||
scenario can make us appreciate objectively what we are trying to achieve.
|
||
Facing our fears removes their power over us.
|
||
Have I digressed too far from the trading journey ahead?
|
||
I don’t think so. I draw inspiration from many sources, both in and outside
|
||
of the trading world: Kobe Bryant, Rafa Nadal, Cristiano Ronaldo, Sergio
|
||
Ramos and Charlie Munger, to name a few.
|
||
Very different people, yet all obsessed with the journey, the enrichment of
|
||
their lives and the perfection of their craft. Studying their approach to their
|
||
work suggests they found the thing they would love to do even if they
|
||
didn’t get paid for it. I am sure they are businessmen too, and I am sure they
|
||
keep an eye on the dollars coming in. However, it feels like they perform
|
||
their craft for the love of it.
|
||
DO YOU WANT IT BAD?
|
||
How bad do you want it? Is this journey for you? I don’t know. Only you
|
||
can answer that. Permit me to ask you a question: what is the alternative?
|
||
You are reading these pages because you want to trade well. Perhaps you
|
||
have been in my live trading room, and you have seen what my trading
|
||
philosophy is doing for me. You want to learn more. I applaud that.
|
||
Perhaps it is time to acknowledge trading for what it is? It is a great way to
|
||
expose all your flaws. It is a great way to highlight your strengths. Through
|
||
my trading and my research, I have uncovered weaknesses in my character.
|
||
For me, the side benefit of earning a living from trading the financial
|
||
markets is the character traits it instils in me. I am more patient than ever. I
|
||
am much more focused and disciplined than I was before.
|
||
Failure is one of our greatest learning tools.
|
||
TIMES OF DOUBT
|
||
Do you really want to trade profitably? I have had to answer that a few
|
||
times in my career. I have had to make some sacrifices along the way. I
|
||
have been called out once by a coach who felt my effort was insincere.
|
||
I recently found myself having dinner with a friend. I have known him for
|
||
15 years. I met him when I gave a speech somewhere in the North of
|
||
England. My friend had asked if he could consult with me while I was in
|
||
Manchester to give a talk about trading, and naturally I agreed.
|
||
As we ate, he became very animated. At one point he knocked over a glass
|
||
of water while expressing his frustration with his trading. It was difficult to
|
||
really pinpoint what the problem was in his trading, because he never made
|
||
any specific reference to a problem.
|
||
It was clear to me that he really was in distress and wanted help, but I was
|
||
unable to figure out in what capacity my help should come. So, I offered
|
||
him help in the one area that I felt was appropriate. I offered to go over his
|
||
trading statements. As I see it, that is the only way I can really help
|
||
someone. It is a lot of work, but at least I am getting a sense of who he is as
|
||
a trader.
|
||
As we said our goodbyes, he told me he would send over his statements. I
|
||
confirmed, and said I would look forward to hearing from him. As I write
|
||
this, he has not emailed me. He has not written to me on message apps.
|
||
Silence. Not a word.
|
||
If I am offered help in an area where I desperately want to excel, and the
|
||
help comes from a friend who is an expert in the area, I will respond as
|
||
soon as I can, if not immediately. As of some four to five days later, I
|
||
haven’t heard a peep.
|
||
How badly do you think he wants this? How desperate do you think he is? I
|
||
question how much he really wants this. I have observed this pattern on
|
||
several occasions. The student claims to be really keen, but in reality it is
|
||
mere words.
|
||
It reminds me of a conversation that the famous trader Ed Seykota had with
|
||
another brilliant trader and friend. The friend told Ed that he intended to
|
||
coach a losing trader into a winning trader by teaching him some important
|
||
pointers that were missing from his trading.
|
||
Ed Seykota paused for a second, and then said that the friend would fail to
|
||
teach the student anything. He said that a losing trader is not going to wish
|
||
to transform himself. That is the sort of thing that only winning traders do.
|
||
We can all ask for guidance from someone who is better than us. As the
|
||
saying goes, you only get better by playing a better opponent. I have guided
|
||
many that were already well on their way to trading with confidence. I
|
||
merely refined and suggested.
|
||
Whether I will hear from my friend or not remains unknown. What is
|
||
known is that many people open trading accounts in the hope of making
|
||
money. Their effort is disproportional to their expectations, and their results
|
||
are aligned with their effort. They simply don’t work hard enough.
|
||
Before I move on to the next topic, I want to warn you: I am a trader who
|
||
uses charts, but that doesn’t mean that I believe charts are responsible for
|
||
my profitable trading. I once read that technical analysts are afraid of
|
||
heights. That is another way of saying that they are unable to let their
|
||
winners run, because they keep seeing overhead resistance.
|
||
I have called the next chapter ‘The Curse of Patterns’, because I believe
|
||
fully that as much as patterns help us, they also make our trading lives
|
||
difficult. In the search for patterns, we see things that are simply not there.
|
||
THE CURSE OF PATTERNS
|
||
IF YOU STRIP away the time and price axis of a chart, you will likely be unable to
|
||
differentiate between a five-minute chart and an hourly chart.
|
||
In a sense, that is good news. It means we can perfect our craft and then
|
||
find a time frame that suits our trading temper. The trader with the ability to
|
||
focus for long stretches of time will find the one-minute chart and the five-
|
||
minute chart provide ample opportunity to make money.
|
||
The trader with time constraints will probably favour a longer time frame
|
||
such as the hourly chart or the four-hour chart. It means he or she doesn’t
|
||
have to check the chart so frequently.
|
||
Charts are far superior to fundamental analysis when it comes to entry
|
||
points and exit points, and I can use the same tools, irrespective of what
|
||
time frame I am trading on.
|
||
Am I opposed to fundamental macroanalysis? I would be a fool if I
|
||
dismissed the fundamentals. The two should not be in opposing camps.
|
||
They should walk hand in hand, as they complement each other and make
|
||
up for each other’s flaws.
|
||
Now, I would not go so far as to say that chart analysis is the Holy Grail.
|
||
Yes, I have made a lot of money from trading charts, but it was not my
|
||
ability to read a chart that made me a wealthy trader.
|
||
I don’t believe that there is a Holy Grail when it comes to trading, and I
|
||
certainly don’t believe that chart analysis is the Holy Grail.
|
||
PATTERNICITY
|
||
Apophenia is a Latin word that, translated into English, means patternicity.
|
||
This is a behaviour centred around seeing things that aren’t there; the
|
||
tendency to perceive meaningful patterns and connections amongst
|
||
unrelated events. Patternicity is often a harmless diversion. However, it can
|
||
be used to support a belief that is otherwise lacking in evidence, like a
|
||
conspiracy theory.
|
||
Our minds tend to seek out the information that confirms the bias that we
|
||
have already decided upon. Therefore, to be completely objective in chart
|
||
analysis is virtually impossible.
|
||
My early mentor Bryce Gilmore once commented on this fact. He said to
|
||
me, “Tom, you only see in the markets and on charts what you have trained
|
||
your eyes to see.”
|
||
Another perspective of such wisdom was expressed by Anaïs Nin. She said,
|
||
“We don’t see things as they are, we see them as we are.”
|
||
“What is the relevance to trading?” I hear you say. I had a friend a long time
|
||
ago who had made a lot of money trading. Nick was a great trader, right up
|
||
until 2004.
|
||
He started reading and believing some writers and contributors on Zero
|
||
Hedge and he turned bearish on the stock market. He kept shorting. But the
|
||
market kept going up. He just could not accept that there was no more
|
||
downside after the bear market of 2000–2003. He didn’t see the market as it
|
||
was. He saw it as he was. He was negative. He had read that the bear
|
||
market would continue. He stopped trading what he saw, and he let his
|
||
opinion cloud his objectivity.
|
||
Nick no longer trades.
|
||
I didn’t want to write a book on charts. There are so many books on
|
||
technical analysis, written by people who I doubt trade full time. I think
|
||
they tell themselves that because they have a trading account and because
|
||
they trade from time to time, they are qualified to write books on trading.
|
||
Although I trade full time, I really don’t think I could add anything new to
|
||
the world of charting. Charting didn’t make me money. Indicators never
|
||
made me money. Ratios and bands never filled my bank account.
|
||
As I am about to post some charts, I want to point out to you that it is to
|
||
prove a point, rather than to educate you on the merits of technical analysis.
|
||
THE TREND LINE FANATICAL
|
||
In the early stages of our chart journey, we come across trend lines. Trend
|
||
lines are easy to use, and they give the appearance of a great trading
|
||
strategy, especially when we do it after the fact.
|
||
Figure 4 shows a naked chart. The diligent chartist begins to draw trend
|
||
lines. He or she has the full overview of the day.
|
||
Figure 4
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
Remember, the brain will have as its prime objective – I repeat, PRIME
|
||
OBJECTIVE – to avoid you experiencing pain. A losing trade equals pain.
|
||
So, the brain sends a signal to the eyes to ignore the setups that do not
|
||
work. This selection bias creates a distorted image of the validity of trend
|
||
lines.
|
||
You can replace trend lines with any other analytical tool from your
|
||
charting package, and the bias will remain in place: Fibonacci, Bollinger
|
||
Bands, Keltner Channels, etc.
|
||
Your eyes will only see what they want to see. At best they may see the
|
||
losing trades, but they glance over them, diminishing their significance.
|
||
The result is predictable. The researcher will end up with a chart that looks
|
||
like the one in Figure 5. It has a lot of trend line setups that all result in
|
||
great trades.
|
||
Figure 5
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
There are no losing trades. Every single trade results in meaningful profits.
|
||
Such is the power of our subconscious.
|
||
Cynical traders (people like me) will notice things other traders miss – not
|
||
because others don’t have the ability to see them, but because they don’t
|
||
want to. See Figure 6.
|
||
Figure 6
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
If you are in a research position, and you draw enough of these trend lines
|
||
after the fact, you’re most likely going to conclude that trend lines are
|
||
nothing short of a fantastic tool, perhaps the Holy Grail.
|
||
There is nothing wrong with trend lines, but they will not make you rich.
|
||
What will make you rich is how you think when you trade. If you think like
|
||
everyone else, then your results will be like everyone else’s.
|
||
Don’t you want to make money? Don’t you want to separate yourself from
|
||
the herd? Then realise that trading profitably has nothing to do with the
|
||
instrument you use.
|
||
In order to prove to you how pointless it is to research tools, I would like to
|
||
introduce you to two of the world’s most esteemed traders, Larry Pesavento
|
||
and Larry Williams.
|
||
LARRY PESAVENTO VERSUS LARRY
|
||
WILLIAMS
|
||
The two Larrys are both in their senior years. They are both Americans, and
|
||
incidentally they are friends. Both of them have enjoyed trading careers
|
||
spanning decades. Both of them have made their living from trading.
|
||
Larry Pesavento is famous for his use of patterns and Fibonacci ratios.
|
||
Larry Williams is famous for his pattern recognition setups. Both have
|
||
written several books on their chosen tools.
|
||
In a workshop I organised back in 2005, Larry Williams – who was one of
|
||
the speakers – showed statistics from the S&P 500 Index, which depicted
|
||
all the major retracements on an hourly chart spanning a decade.
|
||
As you can imagine, there was virtually every single conceivable
|
||
percentage retracement on display. What did not stand out, though, was
|
||
61.8% or 38.2% – the two prominent Fibonacci ratios. Sure, they were
|
||
there, but they were surrounded by masses of other percentages.
|
||
Yes, it turns out the magical growth sequence of Fibonacci does not, after
|
||
all, rule the market. So how come it works for Larry Pesavento? The answer
|
||
is simple: it doesn’t have to work all the time to make it a profitable
|
||
strategy.
|
||
In Oslo, Norway, in 2016 I gave a talk on Fibonacci ratios. For the talk I
|
||
had researched all occurrences in which the German DAX Index retraced
|
||
78.6% – the square root of 0.618 – and I proved that although the 78.6%
|
||
retracement had a hit rate of 20%, it could still be a useful strategy. You had
|
||
to risk very little and go for big pay-outs for it to work.
|
||
S&P 500 & FIBONACCI
|
||
The S&P 500 enjoyed an 11% rally during the summer months of 2021. The
|
||
index rallied from 4,050 to 4,550. Along the way, as you can see on the next
|
||
chart, there were three significant retracements. The role of the Fibonacci
|
||
sequence is to enable us to buy into retracements at favourable retracement
|
||
ratios, such as 38.2% retracement, 61.8% retracement, or even 78.6%
|
||
retracement. See Figure 7.
|
||
Figure 7
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
What I am going to show you now is a simple demonstration of the power
|
||
of hype and selection bias. See Figure 8.
|
||
Figure 8
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
Fibonacci ratios are one of the best-known tools in the trading arena. There
|
||
is not a single one of these three major retracements in the S&P 500 Index
|
||
that is identified by either 38.2%, 61,8% or even 78.6% ratios.
|
||
In fact, two ratios seem to come up more frequently: 43% retracement and
|
||
74% retracement. I put that down to randomness. Yes, such is the power of
|
||
our belief system.
|
||
We want to believe there is a magical growth sequence to the way the
|
||
financial markets expand and contract. We want to believe that there is a
|
||
universal order to the markets, dictated by a higher deity who created the
|
||
universe using the mathematical sequence of what we know as Fibonacci.
|
||
And it works just often enough to keep the believers believing. This is the
|
||
danger of charts. When we research, we are looking for something to get us
|
||
in on the long side, so we never miss a rally; or we look for something to
|
||
make us sell short, so we never miss a short sell. We enter with a bias.
|
||
This is apophenia in play. Beware!
|
||
DIVORCE RATES IN SPAIN
|
||
The definition of ignorance is a lack of knowledge or information. You can
|
||
be a smart individual but be ignorant in some areas. For example, I am
|
||
rather ignorant when it comes to, say, soulmates and flat Earth theory. You
|
||
could argue that I am ignorant because I am not interested, or I don’t
|
||
believe in it.
|
||
Fair point. Specifically, on the point of finding your soulmate – the one-
|
||
and-only whom you will spend eternity with, the person who is perfect for
|
||
you in every shape or form – well, I don’t believe they are real.
|
||
You see, as ignorant as I am in the ways of love, I can read statistics, and on
|
||
that basis, I am supposed to conclude that soulmates have better chances of
|
||
finding each other in certain countries? I don’t think so!
|
||
For example, there are certainly not many self-confessed soulmates in Spain
|
||
or Luxembourg. Did you know that there is a 65% divorce rate in Spain and
|
||
an 87% divorce rate in Luxembourg?
|
||
There’s only a 42% divorce rate in the UK. Does that mean that you have a
|
||
higher chance of finding your soulmate if you live on the British Isles than
|
||
in Spain?
|
||
Plenty of people believe that the sun’s heavenly position relative to
|
||
randomly defined stellar constellations at the time of my birth somehow
|
||
affects my personality.
|
||
There are also people who believe that the markets are an equation to be
|
||
solved, a code to be cracked. All of those people are delusional, or to put it
|
||
more politely, they are ignorant.
|
||
THE FRAUD OF THE CANDLESTICK
|
||
GURU
|
||
In order to avoid a lawsuit, I have blanked out the name of the central
|
||
character in the following story. When candlestick charts became a hot topic
|
||
in the 1990s, one person – who had been instrumental in the propagation of
|
||
their use – was sitting in a restaurant somewhere in the world with another
|
||
high-profile trader and me.
|
||
The central character had at the time published books on the use of
|
||
candlestick charts. As we sat in the restaurant, I asked him if he believed
|
||
that some of these patterns had to be identified by different names, when
|
||
they were practically identical.
|
||
For example, I argued, the Harami pattern and the Harami Cross pattern are
|
||
to all intents and purposes identical, except the Harami Cross pattern has no
|
||
body, while the Harami pattern has one. However, they are both inside bar
|
||
patterns.
|
||
It seemed to me like a deliberate attempt to inflate the number of patterns,
|
||
for purely commercial reasons rather than for legitimate trading reasons.
|
||
Many of the patterns are near identical but have different names.
|
||
I asked him if he had a favourite pattern he used, or a selection of preferred
|
||
patterns he stuck to, and if so, what time frame he traded them on.
|
||
He answered that he wasn’t trading the patterns. Not only that, but he also
|
||
conceded that he didn’t trade at all.
|
||
I don’t know how you feel about that, but it doesn’t sit very well with me. I
|
||
immediately cut all ties with the gentleman. I felt as if his only mission was
|
||
to invent as many patterns as he possibly could, in order to fill pages in
|
||
books and courses, and create alerts on his trading software.
|
||
Am I arguing that candlestick charts are worthless? No. I just don’t believe
|
||
that there is statistical relevance to all the patterns.
|
||
I am not alone. A handful of academic research articles suggest the same.
|
||
Here is the conclusion from one such article, ‘A Statistical Analysis of the
|
||
Predictive Power of Japanese Candlesticks’, written by Mohamed
|
||
Jamaloodeen, Adrian Heinz and Lissa Pollacia, and published in the
|
||
Journal of International & Interdisciplinary Business Research in June
|
||
2018:
|
||
Japanese Candlesticks is a technique for plotting past price action of a
|
||
specific underlying such as a stock, index or commodity using open,
|
||
high, low and close prices. These candlesticks create patterns believed
|
||
to forecast future price movement. Although the candles’ popularity
|
||
has increased rapidly over the last decade, there is still little statistical
|
||
evidence about their effectiveness over a large number of occurrences.
|
||
In this work, we analyze the predictive power of the Shooting Star and
|
||
Hammer patterns using over six decades of historical data of the S&P
|
||
500 Index. In our studies, we found out that historically these patterns
|
||
have offered little forecasting reliability when using closing prices.
|
||
In another work by Piyapas Tharavanij, Vasan Siraprapasiri and Kittichai
|
||
Rajchamaha, the researchers conclude the following:
|
||
This article investigates the profitability of candlestick patterns. The
|
||
holding periods are one, three, five, and ten days. This study tests the
|
||
predictive power of bullish and bearish candlestick reversal patterns
|
||
both without technical filtering and with technical filtering (stochastics
|
||
[%D], Relative Strength Index [RSI], Money Flow Index [MFI]) by
|
||
applying the skewness adjusted t test and the binomial test.
|
||
The statistical analysis finds little use of both bullish and bearish
|
||
candlestick reversal patterns since the mean returns of most patterns
|
||
are not statistically different from zero.
|
||
Even the ones with statistically significant returns do have high risks in
|
||
terms of standard deviations. The binomial test results also indicate
|
||
that candlestick patterns cannot reliably predict market directions. In
|
||
addition, this article finds that filtering by %D, RSI, or MFI generally
|
||
does not increase profitability nor prediction accuracy of candlestick
|
||
patterns.
|
||
TRADERS BEWARE
|
||
Brokers and educators have put the cart before the horse. They make us
|
||
think that learning as many patterns as we possibly can will increase our
|
||
chances of trading success. This is simply not true. The more patterns we
|
||
know, the more we are inclined to talk ourselves out of good positions.
|
||
There is nothing wrong with technical analysis and patterns, and candle
|
||
formation and indicators and ratios and bands. Yes, I don’t believe in many
|
||
of them, because they are subjective and don’t hold up under real scrutiny.
|
||
But then again, trading is so subjective anyway that we don’t need to be
|
||
right very much to make a good living from trading.
|
||
AN OLD FOX TELLS
|
||
My friend Trevor Neil ran a hedge fund that had a 25% hit rate on their
|
||
trades. I want to tell you his story here to give you some deeper insight into
|
||
how some of the best professional traders work and think. I hope you will
|
||
find it illuminating.
|
||
It should also serve as a reminder that there are many ways to make money
|
||
in the market. Your job is not to follow someone, but to find a way that you
|
||
like, that resonates with you and who you are and what you like to do.
|
||
The story starts with me asking Trevor a question. I knew that he had been
|
||
associated with Tom DeMark and his Sequential indicator. Tom DeMark is
|
||
something of a legend within the technical analysis world.
|
||
I happen to have met DeMark myself at a Bloomberg lunch many years
|
||
ago. He seemed like a nice guy, although I had very little to ask him, as I
|
||
was unfamiliar with his work. You see, his work was only available to those
|
||
who had a Bloomberg terminal.
|
||
The Bloomberg terminal at that time was some $25,000 a year. Today,
|
||
though, Tom DeMark’s work is available on many trading platforms, in
|
||
case you are interested.
|
||
I asked Trevor about the Sequential indicator, and his eyes lit up. He told
|
||
me a story about how he and his friend had decided that there was an edge
|
||
to be gained from trading the Sequential indicator on a very short-term time
|
||
frame.
|
||
They moved to South Africa and started trading South African shares on a
|
||
one-minute chart. I have never heard of a professional outfit, with
|
||
significant funds under management, trade on such a short time frame.
|
||
However, that is not what impressed me most about the story. What
|
||
impressed me most was how they managed to make money on what other
|
||
traders would consider an abysmal hit rate.
|
||
Most people believe that you have to deploy a trading strategy that has a hit
|
||
rate better than 50%. Trevor told me that their results varied. There were
|
||
times when they were hot, and there were times when they were not.
|
||
When they were hot, the hit rate would push 40%. When they were not, the
|
||
hit rate was down in the mid-20s.
|
||
Overall, though, they had in their hands a tool that generated about 25–30
|
||
winning trades out of every 100 trades placed. They were wildly successful.
|
||
They traded the fund for a handful of years, then they returned the capital to
|
||
the investors. They had made their money, and as neither of them were
|
||
spring chickens, they decided enough was enough. It was time to go home
|
||
and spend quality time with their families. Had they been younger, they
|
||
probably would have continued.
|
||
Now I don’t know about you, but I like the story. It reaffirms the idea that I
|
||
have about trading. How you think when you trade is much more important
|
||
than whether your strategy has a hit rate in the 50s or in the 70s or in the
|
||
90s.
|
||
While the story is not conclusive evidence that anyone can make money
|
||
trading, as long as they have the proper money management rules and the
|
||
required patience, it is a brilliant anecdote of two traders being able to make
|
||
money even though – from a conventional point of view – their strategy on
|
||
paper should not have generated a profit.
|
||
So, what was the secret?
|
||
Well, the answer is simple. Although they lost 75 out of 100 trades, those 25
|
||
winning trades more than surpassed in profits what the 75 trades generated
|
||
in losses. Trevor told me that they expected to make 25 times in profit what
|
||
the risk was. He also told me that when they executed a trade, they expected
|
||
it to work immediately. So, I grilled him a little bit on that point.
|
||
“What do you mean you expected it to work immediately?” I said. He said
|
||
he meant exactly that: when they executed a trade, they expected the trade
|
||
to begin to work immediately. If they had bought at 50, they would not
|
||
want it to go to 48. If it went to 48, they would stop themselves out.
|
||
It meant they had plenty of small losses. Their back-testing had shown that
|
||
if the strategy was to be traded correctly, it would work immediately. If it
|
||
didn’t work immediately, the strategy called for the position to be closed.
|
||
BELIEVE AND ACT
|
||
When you can act and perform without any fear of consequences and
|
||
repercussions, you are trading from an ideal state. When you consider how
|
||
many people lose money overall in trading, you logically have to conclude
|
||
that achieving this state is not an easy undertaking. It would be foolish to
|
||
think that this state of mind comes easily or even naturally. It doesn’t.
|
||
I once sat and traded for a few months with a guy from Germany. He
|
||
possessed an almost superhuman ability to do nothing. His patience was
|
||
unrivalled. While we traded together I made it a sport to be as patient as he
|
||
was.
|
||
It was fun and, dare I say, somewhat painful. I missed many a good trade,
|
||
but the ones I took outweighed all the others.
|
||
You must be patient with yourself. You must be able to let your knowledge
|
||
settle and mature within you. If you trade small size now, but you want to
|
||
trade bigger size in the future, then that journey will most likely be anything
|
||
but linear.
|
||
It will be a journey of progress and setbacks. It will be a journey of progress
|
||
and status quo. I can guarantee you that. You have to grow into the trader
|
||
you dream of becoming.
|
||
You must be patient with your trade entries. You must be patient with
|
||
yourself. If you can bring those two qualities to the table, then the rest will
|
||
solve itself in time. You will grow your trade size at a pace where your
|
||
mind will not be alarmed or fearful.
|
||
I discuss this in much greater detail towards the end of the book. Otherwise,
|
||
I am just like the well-meaning friend who says to my alcoholic friend,
|
||
“Well, just stop drinking.”
|
||
Sure, if only it were that easy. Likewise, me saying to you “Just have more
|
||
patience” is about as helpful as a hog roast at a vegan convention.
|
||
One macro trader I deeply admire is Greg Coffey, an outstanding London
|
||
hedge fund trader. In a piece in a newspaper one client described him as
|
||
“humble and arrogant in equal measures – the perfect trader”.
|
||
The piece went on to describe that Coffey had an absolute conviction on his
|
||
trades, to the point of being arrogant, but he was equally quick to be humble
|
||
when the trades didn’t work out well.
|
||
Remember this saying:
|
||
It is not what you know that kills you. It is what you think you know, but
|
||
which just isn’t so, that kills you.
|
||
THE NATURE OF THE GAME
|
||
The game never changes, and it never will. Algorithms won’t change the
|
||
game. Laws won’t change the game. Because this is an inner game, and you
|
||
need to spend time – maybe not as much time as you do on charts, but a
|
||
huge amount of time – contemplating what human qualities you are
|
||
bringing to the game of trading.
|
||
Moving in the right direction comes from knowledge of yourself and an
|
||
understanding of the markets. The game never changes. The players change,
|
||
of course. We all grow old and die, and we are replaced with fresh blood.
|
||
Sadly, people don’t change, unless they make an out-of-the-ordinary effort
|
||
to do so.
|
||
We have a reptile mind, which is not fond of change. “Hey, if it ain’t broke,
|
||
why do you want to fix it?” Well, because it is broken. I am not making
|
||
money how I know I can, so I want to change that. If that means I have to
|
||
learn to live under a different paradigm, and have a different perspective on
|
||
fear and hope, so be it.
|
||
THE ROLE OF CHARTS
|
||
You can’t create a master painting with just one colour. You don’t create a
|
||
Michelin-star meal with just one ingredient. And you most certainly do not
|
||
create a viable business as a trader by only focusing on charts.
|
||
The role of the chart is to give you a visual representation of the thoughts of
|
||
other market participants. It enables me to be much more specific in my
|
||
entry and exit criteria than, say, a fundamental trader.
|
||
However, it is easy to get seduced by the randomness of charts. Over time,
|
||
though, it is not your chart reading skills that will decide the number of
|
||
zeros on your trading account.
|
||
Controlling your mind is no easy task. Your reflex mind will jump to
|
||
conclusions before your conscious, reflective mind has had a moment to
|
||
really consider your response.
|
||
The sole purpose of this book is to provide you with the right tools to
|
||
program your mind to be a trader – a profitable one.
|
||
Our minds are feeble creatures, if left unchecked. Whenever I give a talk
|
||
about the role of psychology in trading, I always show people the logo of
|
||
Federal Express, and then I ask them: “Where is the arrow?”
|
||
In case you didn’t know already, take a look at the FedEx logo – there is an
|
||
arrow hidden between the ‘E’ and the ‘x’.
|
||
The coordination between the eyes and the mind is fascinating. The eyes
|
||
can see one thing, while the reactive impulse mind tells us that we are
|
||
seeing something else.
|
||
It is only through observance and training that we become mindful of our
|
||
tendency to believe what we immediately think we see.
|
||
Consider the following image. Which square on this chequerboard is darker,
|
||
A or B?
|
||
You might be surprised to learn that both squares are exactly the same shade
|
||
of grey, though it is very likely that your mind told you that square A is
|
||
darker. Published by MIT professor Edward H. Adelson in 1995, this optical
|
||
illusion perfectly demonstrates how the mind can misinterpret information
|
||
passed to it by the eyes.
|
||
Another example you may have encountered before is a little harder to
|
||
demonstrate in this book, but I will explain how it played out in the speech I
|
||
gave – which gave me the impetus to write this book. It is a mind-flexibility
|
||
exercise.
|
||
I showed the audience a simple image: a red square. I asked them to call out
|
||
the colour of the image. “Red!” they shouted in unison.
|
||
Simple enough, right? I then removed the red square and revealed a yellow
|
||
one. Same result: “Yellow!”
|
||
I swapped in a green square. “Green!” they cried.
|
||
Red. Yellow. Green. So far, so good.
|
||
The audience didn’t even need to think about it; that is how dominant the
|
||
automatic response system is.
|
||
Then we moved onto the trickier bit. I showed the audience an image of the
|
||
word red written in blue ink, and asked what colour that image was.
|
||
A lot of them called out “Red!”
|
||
I showed them yellow written in red ink. Some called out “Red!” but I heard
|
||
far more shouts of “Yellow!”
|
||
We repeated this process with a series of colour names written in ink of a
|
||
different colour. Over time, the audience responses became more
|
||
consistently accurate. Through a humorous exercise I established that our
|
||
eyes and minds do not necessarily work in a coordinated manner. Our brain,
|
||
seeing the word red, wants us to say “red” – even when the answer to the
|
||
question is “blue”. It is as if we consciously need to stop the brain from
|
||
jumping to conclusions.
|
||
This is an important trait in trading, because we often see things that are
|
||
literally not there.
|
||
Charts do not work as well in real time as after the fact. Unfortunately, you
|
||
have to believe and act.
|
||
If you struggle with that after a few failed trades, then that is your brain
|
||
trying to protect you against pain. You will begin to second guess your
|
||
signals, and you will sabotage your own best interests. I have been there. I
|
||
have done it. And I have the cure.
|
||
GOOD TRADING GOES AGAINST
|
||
HUMAN NATURE
|
||
When I make speeches about trading, in person or on YouTube, I often talk
|
||
about the concepts of value and price. What is something worth?
|
||
I think my old car is worth £10,000. The car dealer feels it is worth £8,000.
|
||
Who do you think is going to win that argument, if I am keen to sell?
|
||
What something is worth is an emotional, biased statement. Price, on the
|
||
other hand, is where buyers and sellers meet. It doesn’t make much sense to
|
||
say that something is worth more.
|
||
You can anticipate that something will be worth more or less in the future. I
|
||
mean, that is the essence of the mechanics of my job. Psychology aside, I
|
||
buy in the hope that whatever I buy will rise in price.
|
||
Heraclitus, the pre-Socratic Greek philosopher, said: “No man ever steps in
|
||
the same river twice, for it’s not the same river and he’s not the same man.”
|
||
That is important to bear in mind as a speculator, because the market
|
||
changes constantly.
|
||
Mankind has an ambivalent attitude to change. We want change, because
|
||
otherwise our lives become mundane and boring; but if the change is thrust
|
||
upon us, rather than driven by motivation and enthusiasm, then we tend to
|
||
resent it.
|
||
The first time I became aware of the importance of mindset in trading was
|
||
upon reading a book about the trading life of an anonymous trader called
|
||
Phantom of the Pit. It is a free book. You can find it with my own notes on
|
||
www.tradertom.com – in the resource section.
|
||
In the book the mystery trader argues that behaviour modification is the
|
||
single most important concept in trading. The ability to change one’s mind
|
||
without causing a mental disequilibrium is the single most important ability
|
||
for a trader.
|
||
Running a live Telegram trading channel means I am constantly asked
|
||
questions – the majority of them from inexperienced traders. One persistent
|
||
question I get asked is: “Why are you trading against the trend?”
|
||
When I get asked such a question, I smile, because it is both a naïve and
|
||
innocent question. It is naïve because any trader can be accused of trading
|
||
against the trend.
|
||
It simply depends on the time frame you are looking at. If you are a five-
|
||
minute candle trader, you don’t care that the trend on the weekly chart is
|
||
down. You care about the trend of the five-minute chart.
|
||
Another reason why it is naïve is because the whole construct of technical
|
||
analysis is fraught with contradictions.
|
||
Think about it.
|
||
You are asked to follow the trend; but what happens when you sell a double
|
||
top? You are betting against the trend. The same can be argued for a double
|
||
bottom. You are buying a market that is moving down.
|
||
THIRTY YEARS OF DATA
|
||
I am a day trader. My speciality is stock indices such as the Dow Jones
|
||
Index. I looked at the statistics of closing prices in the index over the last 30
|
||
years. That equates to roughly 7,500 trading days. I wanted to know how
|
||
often the Dow Index closed higher for the day and how often it closed
|
||
lower for the day compared to the previous day’s closing price.
|
||
I had an idea that, since the Dow Index over the last 30 years had risen from
|
||
3,300 to nearly 36,000, you could expect more positive closing prices than
|
||
negative closing prices. I was wrong in that assumption.
|
||
Over the last 30 years only 50.4% of all closing prices were higher than the
|
||
previous day’s closing price. This means the distribution of plus days and
|
||
minus days in the Dow Index is evenly distributed.
|
||
The ramifications of this statistic is that day traders like me can’t rely too
|
||
much on the trend on the higher time frame, because virtually anything can
|
||
happen down on the five-minute chart.
|
||
The challenge traders face can be summed up very easily, in a Heraclitus-
|
||
style explanation. When we shop for a pint of milk, we know that milk is a
|
||
uniform product. It doesn’t matter where on God’s green earth you shop for
|
||
a pint of milk. Milk is milk.
|
||
Hence, if milk costs twice as much in one supermarket as opposed to
|
||
another supermarket, you can again rightly conclude that a pint of milk is
|
||
expensive in one supermarket, and it is cheap in the other supermarket.
|
||
However, a share, or a currency, or a share index, is like a river. It is in
|
||
constant transformation. The transformation is the result of the interaction
|
||
of traders and investors.
|
||
Their action is the result of their opinions about the future. You may agree
|
||
with their opinions, or you may disagree; but to say that the majority are
|
||
wrong is counterproductive to efficient money-making in the markets.
|
||
There are many part-time traders who are incredibly successful in their
|
||
other careers but struggle when it comes to trading. What we have to do to
|
||
succeed in the world of trading is significantly different to what we have to
|
||
do to succeed in the world outside of it.
|
||
For example, if you go into a supermarket to buy dinner, and you see that
|
||
there is a special offer on chicken, you will be inclined to take advantage of
|
||
this offer. If chicken is offered at half price, then you might be thinking that
|
||
this is a great price, and you will want to buy some supply for the freezer.
|
||
Our human nature is such that we love a bargain. We love to seek out good
|
||
offers and take advantage of them. It fills us with a sense of joy to know we
|
||
have bought something which is cheap.
|
||
Just yesterday I went shopping and there was an aisle with discounted
|
||
items. Everything was half price or less. I bought soap and washing liquid
|
||
and detergent for the next 12 months.
|
||
As I filled the trolley, I laughed to myself, mostly because I knew that I
|
||
would go on to write a chapter about this very behaviour. It felt great to
|
||
save 70% on stuff I knew I would buy anyway at some point during the
|
||
year.
|
||
Let’s face it, we can save a lot of money if we shop contrary to the trend.
|
||
If at all possible, I tend to buy my winter jackets when there is a heatwave
|
||
outside. That is when the shops want to get rid of these items, to make
|
||
space for the summer clothes.
|
||
Conversely, I love to buy my summer clothing when there is six feet of
|
||
snow outside. I know it is not normal to do that, and maybe that is why I
|
||
like doing it. I love a bargain. I don’t think I am alone in loving to buy
|
||
cheap.
|
||
As I said earlier, the world of trading is diametrically opposed to the world
|
||
outside trading. The traits I display as a human being outside my world of
|
||
trading don’t serve me well in the world of trading. This is not just me I am
|
||
talking about. This is people in general.
|
||
Our minds struggle to separate the world of trading from the world of
|
||
general consumer behaviour. Let’s look at the differences.
|
||
SUPERMARKET BARGAIN
|
||
When I see something in the supermarket that is cheaper than it was before,
|
||
or that gives me a discount for buying more than one item, I am attracted to
|
||
buying it. My action is driven by a subconscious drive towards pleasure.
|
||
My action is that of a rational consumer who will seek out the cheapest
|
||
products. The supermarket knows this, and they will tailor their offering to
|
||
maximise my spending.
|
||
My behaviour is driven towards maximising my pleasure – within my
|
||
budget constraint. When I do so, it gives me a sensation of well-being.
|
||
FINANCIAL MARKET BARGAIN
|
||
When I see the FTSE Index falling in price during the day, my mind
|
||
associates falling prices with value and becoming cheap.
|
||
If I act on the impulse, one of two things will happen:
|
||
1. My feeling of value is confirmed. The market begins to rise.
|
||
2. My feeling of value is not confirmed. The market continues to fall.
|
||
My argument is perhaps provocative, but no matter what happens next, I
|
||
will end up losing – even if I win on the trade.
|
||
If I buy with no good reason other than my mind sending me an impulse to
|
||
say the market is cheap, I will lose if the market continues lower. And why
|
||
would the market not continue lower? That is the premise of technical
|
||
analysis. Trends persist. The market suffers from inertia, meaning that
|
||
whatever it is doing now, the odds are above 50% it will continue to do.
|
||
If I buy, and the market begins to rise, I will eventually lose anyway,
|
||
because I have now taught my mind that it is okay to stick my hand out and
|
||
catch the proverbial falling knife.
|
||
I have created a pattern in my mind that associates buying falling asset
|
||
prices with pleasure, because I had success with it at some point.
|
||
As a side note: when I began taking trading very seriously, I would review
|
||
my trades when the day was over. I would print out the chart and plot my
|
||
trades onto it. I realised that some eight out of ten trades were impulse
|
||
trades. I began to become much more conscious of my trades. As I
|
||
proceeded down that path, I became more and more profitable. The fewer
|
||
impulse trades I had, the more money I made, and the more satisfaction I
|
||
derived from my job.
|
||
SELF-ANALYSIS
|
||
Through analysis of my trading behaviour – meticulously logging my trades
|
||
on a chart after the trading day was over – I came to the realisation that I
|
||
was a prolific value trader. I would repeatedly short rising markets. I would
|
||
repeatedly buy falling markets.
|
||
It helps me to remind myself daily that when I am buying, someone else is
|
||
shorting or getting out of a long position. A significant factor to my trading
|
||
success, going from being a losing trader to a winning trader, was the
|
||
realisation that there are no bargains in the financial markets.
|
||
SUPERMARKET SUBSTITUTES
|
||
When I am shopping for something in the supermarket, and I discover a
|
||
product has gone up in price, or a product that used to be on offer is no
|
||
longer on offer, my mind will associate this with pain. My mind will direct
|
||
me towards a substitute. This is perfectly rational human behaviour.
|
||
My sister and I laugh about this phenomenon. She lives in Germany and
|
||
frequently travels with the airline EasyJet from Berlin. She puts it so
|
||
eloquently, when she says, “I will get up in the middle of the night for a 5
|
||
am flight, if it means I can save myself €25.”
|
||
I think many of us can recognise this trait.
|
||
FINANCIAL MARKET SUBSTITUTES
|
||
If something has gone up in price in the financial markets, then it means
|
||
there is demand for it. It may seem expensive, but it merely reflects the
|
||
equilibrium point between buyers and sellers.
|
||
I struggled with this for years. I argued it was expensive, and this faulty
|
||
view was compounded by the technical indicators I was using.
|
||
Indicators like stochastics would suggest a market was overbought or
|
||
oversold. Those are other words for cheap and expensive. It is for this
|
||
reason I am no longer trading with any kind of technical indicators. My
|
||
charts are 100% naked.
|
||
The perverseness of the financial markets is that it generally makes sense to
|
||
buy something because it is more expensive today than it was yesterday.
|
||
DEALING WITH ADVERSITY
|
||
When I experience difficult situations in my life, I will be patient and work
|
||
on resolving them. Through my work and my resolve, I hope I will be able
|
||
to solve the problem. I may even use force on the issue or use my authority
|
||
to solve the problem.
|
||
No amount of hard work, resolve or prayer will turn a bad trading position
|
||
into a good position. Either the market agrees with you or it doesn’t. It
|
||
doesn’t matter how rich you are; how big and powerful you are. If the
|
||
market disagrees, it disagrees.
|
||
The market can only hurt you if you let it hurt you. The market will rally.
|
||
The market will fall. Whether you are on board or not, making money or
|
||
not, is inconsequential to the market. It knows nothing about you.
|
||
When you make money, you make money because you are aligned with the
|
||
market. The market itself is nothing more than the combined force of all the
|
||
market players. They, like you, are looking to make money from trading.
|
||
Unfortunately, we can’t all make money. I came to realise, after years of
|
||
suffering, that I had to change my relationship – not with the market, but
|
||
with how I reacted to what the market did.
|
||
Much of that process was undoing my life values and beliefs when it came
|
||
to the trading world. In the normal world, when I don’t get my will, I will
|
||
work hard at convincing the other party to see things my way. I am very
|
||
persuasive, and I usually get things how I want them.
|
||
While that may be a trait that helped me in the real world, it is a trait that
|
||
was detrimental to my trading performance. The market doesn’t care about
|
||
your position. It doesn’t care if you are long or short or on the side lines.
|
||
The market has no feelings about you or your position.
|
||
The essence of my argument is that many of the traits we display as
|
||
perfectly normal people don’t serve us well in the world of trading.
|
||
I think all the successful traders I know have gone through a transformation
|
||
process. Some were gradual. Others talk about a specific situation which
|
||
acted as a catapult to success.
|
||
Some became so disgusted with themselves, they decided that they were
|
||
going to either follow the rules or quit trading altogether.
|
||
THE INNOCENCE OF OBJECTIVE
|
||
OBSERVATION
|
||
A very good friend of mine, Dr David Paul, describes his own
|
||
transformation in the following story.
|
||
I have a PhD in mechanical engineering. I have worked for De Beers. I invented a mining drill
|
||
which made me a fortune. I have had my own mining company. So, it is fair to say that I came
|
||
into the markets with a lot of confidence, and a lot of money at my disposal.
|
||
I started investing money in the 1980s. It was easy to make money in the stock market then.
|
||
All you had to do was buy shares and then sit and wait. While I waited, I started doing
|
||
programming on the early computers. I eventually created my own share selection software. It
|
||
was incredibly sophisticated software for its time.
|
||
On this particular day in question the software called for the market to rise very strongly. So,
|
||
at the open of trading I phoned my broker and placed a very large buy order.
|
||
And sure enough, the market did what my software had said it would do. It started moving
|
||
higher. I was naturally happy that the analysis was correct and that I was making money. I held
|
||
on because the software predicted the rise would continue, only much more strongly.
|
||
A short while later, however, the market began to drop. I was naturally a little surprised but
|
||
knew that it must be just a temporary aberration and a good chance to buy a little more before
|
||
the market really took off. So, I did. I bought some more. And yet the market continued to
|
||
drop. And drop. And drop.
|
||
I began to get a little worried, so I phoned my broker and all my trading friends to see if there
|
||
was any reason for this deviation. They too were at a loss to explain why the market was
|
||
down. Their analysis had suggested the market would rally strongly. All the newsletters
|
||
suggested that we were in the middle of a major wave three in Elliott Wave Analysis terms,
|
||
and everything pointed to higher prices.
|
||
I felt somewhat better having spoken to my friends and my broker about the situation, and I
|
||
was sure that this was just an aberration, so I decided to buy a little bit more at these cheaper
|
||
price levels. The market bounced for a while, and I felt pretty good about having bought some
|
||
more at what I thought would be the lows of the day.
|
||
The market then began to head lower again, and I began to get really concerned, even a little
|
||
scared. It was quite a big position I had accumulated.
|
||
Just then my wife walked into my office to ask what I wanted for dinner that night. She must
|
||
have sensed that I was distracted or in discomfort, and she walked over to my desk and looked
|
||
at the trading screen. “Is anything the matter, dear?” she asked. She can be so sweet.
|
||
“No, my love, just working. My software says this market should go up.” I pointed at the
|
||
screen. “The software has never been wrong, and I have spoken to the brokers and to my
|
||
friends, and they all say that this market should be going up, but it is going down.”
|
||
She looked at the screen with the market and said, “Is this the market you are trading in?”
|
||
“Yes,” I said. “I really don’t understand why it keeps moving lower. I am sure it will move up
|
||
very soon.”
|
||
“But it is not moving up right now, is it?” she said.
|
||
I got a little impatient with her, and I said, “No dear, but what you don’t understand is that the
|
||
software and the Elliott Wave Count are in agreement, and the market absolutely has to go
|
||
up.”
|
||
“Oh well, you are right, I don’t know anything about this software or the Elliott thing, but it
|
||
just doesn’t seem to be going up right now, does it?”
|
||
I distinctly remember taking a deep breath. I said to the woman I love but who had now begun
|
||
to irritate me, “No dear, but just as soon as this passes, it will start to go up. It absolutely has
|
||
to. I think this is just an AB=CD formation. The software says so. The broker says so. My
|
||
trading friends say so. The Elliott Count says so. There is no way that all these people and my
|
||
software could be wrong.”
|
||
“Ok, I am sorry, you are right; I don’t understand your software or the Elliott thing or what the
|
||
broker is talking about. All I see is that this market right now is going down, isn’t it?”
|
||
I stopped staring at the screen for a second, and I looked up at my wife. “Could you please
|
||
repeat what you just said?”
|
||
She looked at me puzzled, and said, “Well, I am just saying that right now, right at this
|
||
moment, right here right now, this market is moving down, isn’t it?”
|
||
And then it hit me like a thunderbolt. I wasn’t trading the market. I was trading my opinion. I
|
||
began to laugh, because I felt for the first time that I knew what had to be done to make money
|
||
in the market. I understood that the very thing I was trying to avoid was the very thing that was
|
||
killing me right now. I was trying to avoid losing trades at all cost, and now I was in a trade
|
||
that was losing me – only because I refused to listen to what the market was trying to tell me.
|
||
I realised in that moment that I had to learn to lose in order to win. It was as simple as that. I
|
||
wasn’t trading the market. I was reinforcing my ego through the market.
|
||
I picked up the phone, called my broker and sold out all my long positions. Furthermore, I sold
|
||
a large number of contracts short as well. And sure enough, the market continued – down and
|
||
down and down.
|
||
My trading life changed that day. I no longer paid so much attention to expert theories, and I
|
||
stopped guessing where the market was going. I started trading the markets. It was a
|
||
revelation. I started making lots of money. I realised that some of the stuff I had read was
|
||
outright wrong and detrimental to my trading.
|
||
For example, we have all read the axiom of ‘buy low and sell high’. I changed that to ‘sell low
|
||
and cover lower’ and ‘buy high and sell higher’.
|
||
SURRENDER
|
||
When I asked David to sum up his experience, he said to me:
|
||
Look at your own life. You love to surf. You wait for the waves, and
|
||
you paddle into their energy flow, and you ride the wave. How is that
|
||
any different to what we do as traders?
|
||
When you are out there, sitting outside the impact zone, waiting to
|
||
paddle in, you don’t paddle when there are no waves. You are patient.
|
||
When the right size wave builds ups, you get ready. You are one with
|
||
the sea. You roll with its flow. You surrender.
|
||
To succeed in the markets, we must surrender. Every single individual on
|
||
planet Earth has a great deal of time, money and value tied up in what we
|
||
know, and it is unthinkable to even consider surrendering all this perceived
|
||
knowledge.
|
||
The purpose of my trading and your trading is not to be proven right and
|
||
bolster our egos. Our job is to make money. If that means we come to the
|
||
market with an opinion, and we are proven right, so be it.
|
||
If it means we have to change our opinion because the market dictates it, so
|
||
be it. A more spiritual person than I would perhaps express this as “empty
|
||
your mind and let the market guide you”.
|
||
THERE IS A LOT LESS TO TRADING
|
||
THAN MEETS THE EYE
|
||
The fact is that our complicated human minds have a great deal of trouble
|
||
processing information that is simple. Unless it is complex to the tenth
|
||
degree, our minds tend to pass it over. We think that something simple can’t
|
||
be profitable.
|
||
What is your aim? The simple answer should be to make money. In the past
|
||
I was so preoccupied with what should happen. But to make money we
|
||
must be focused on what is happening right here, right now.
|
||
When I started writing this book, I wanted to keep it practical. I had no
|
||
interest in trying to pass myself off as a trader therapist or a psychologist,
|
||
because I am not. I wanted it to show the true nature of what trading is,
|
||
written by someone who has skin in the game, and who has both scars and
|
||
medals to show for it.
|
||
If the last few pages have been a little too theoretical for your liking, I
|
||
would like to describe a real-life case study – one that was captured on
|
||
video (my way of telling you that this is an authentic story) by Round the
|
||
Clock Trader in July 2019.
|
||
I want to explain what I mean by going into the market with an open mind
|
||
and an empty cup. I bought an index after a double bottom. Everything
|
||
looked pretty good. I was long from 12,808 and I had bought again at
|
||
12,818. Then it happened: the index plummeted. My five-minute chart
|
||
showed three major lows (I call these get out bars, when I am trading
|
||
against their direction, or add to bars, when I am on the right side of them).
|
||
I was wrong being long.
|
||
I got out of my long position and reversed my position to short, relatively
|
||
early on in the downward spiral of the index. There were some 500 traders
|
||
attending the event, and what pleased me most about the outcomes was not
|
||
that I lost on my first trade, or that I won my money back soon after. What
|
||
pleased me most was that I did not stubbornly hold on to a losing trade, and
|
||
that I had the mental freedom to move from being long the market to now
|
||
being short the market.
|
||
When I started trading, there was no chance in hell I would have done what
|
||
I did there. I would have held on and held on to that losing position. “I
|
||
know I am right,” I would have said; except I wasn’t, and I wasn’t making
|
||
money.
|
||
The most critical point came when my new short position showed a profit
|
||
which was equal to what I had lost on the long position. My mind
|
||
desperately wanted me to bring balance to its emotions. What better way to
|
||
do that than to offset the loss from the first trade? Well, in the words of my
|
||
greatest trading hero, Charlie DiFrancesca, “Good trading means
|
||
combatting the emotions that make us human.” Let’s take a look at how we
|
||
can do that.
|
||
FIGHTING MY HUMANNESS
|
||
WHAT IS NORMAL behaviour amongst retail traders? We know that 80–90% of all
|
||
retail traders engage in the same self-destructive behavioural pattern.
|
||
We know that some 90% of traders do not make money consistently trading
|
||
CFDs or spread betting or in futures markets. It is probably also fair to
|
||
assume that those 80–90% of traders are intelligent, ambitious, self-
|
||
motivated human beings, who like to create their own luck and forge their
|
||
own way in life.
|
||
I have never met anyone who started trading because they thought it was
|
||
the same as playing the lottery. Virtually every person I have ever met who
|
||
was interested in trading and who wanted to learn more about trading has
|
||
been a self-starter, entrepreneur, or student at an institution of further
|
||
education.
|
||
Therefore, it’s a fallacy to say trading attracts the wrong kind of people. It
|
||
attracts the right kind of people. It attracts those who have a chance of
|
||
succeeding at it.
|
||
I think it attracts the kind of people who are not fooled by the get-rich-quick
|
||
schemes. I doubt many traders buy lottery tickets, purely on account of the
|
||
odds being rubbish, and traders understanding that all too well.
|
||
Nevertheless, something is wrong.
|
||
Something is wrong when 90% of people fail. In the following table I have
|
||
identified a handful of behavioural patterns that I think are detrimental to
|
||
traders. The most frequently observed behaviour is the inability to take a
|
||
loss.
|
||
What is the reason for not taking a loss? I argue there is one reason we tell
|
||
ourselves, and then there is another, real reason. The real reason is always
|
||
the same.
|
||
Action Conscious Reason Subconscious Reason
|
||
1.I am letting my loss runI am hoping Avoid pain
|
||
2.I am letting my loss runIndicator/Fib/etc., says soAvoid pain
|
||
3.I am taking my profits You can’t go broke taking a
|
||
profit
|
||
Avoid pain
|
||
4.I am winning, so I am
|
||
reducing my stake
|
||
I want to take it easy nowAvoid pain
|
||
5.I am losing, so I am increasing
|
||
my stake
|
||
I am trying to get back to
|
||
where I was
|
||
Get rid of pain
|
||
6.I made my points for today, so
|
||
I stop
|
||
I am afraid to lose what I madeAvoid pain
|
||
7.I am trading without real
|
||
conviction
|
||
I am bored/scared of missing
|
||
out
|
||
Avoid pain of boredom or pain of
|
||
missing out
|
||
Hope features high on the list of reasons. As the saying goes, hope dies last.
|
||
Our minds seem ill equipped to engage in risk management. Our minds
|
||
have one primary objective: to protect us against perceived or real pain.
|
||
During the process of running an open position that is producing a loss, our
|
||
subconscious mind is telling our conscious mind to keep the position open.
|
||
It will mask this message as well as it can, in order to protect the ego, which
|
||
is more fragile than the state of your trading account.
|
||
If this sounds too airy-fairy, on account of the use of words like ego and
|
||
subconscious, let’s explore the same argument using a different language.
|
||
AVOIDING PAIN
|
||
As long as a losing position is open, there is hope that the position will turn
|
||
positive. The moment you close the position, and you crystallise the loss,
|
||
the pain of the loss becomes real.
|
||
I accept there are many permutations to the situation of handling a losing
|
||
trade. Some will argue that the very act of closing a losing trade is the point
|
||
when you can stop agonising over the open loss and open yourself up to
|
||
other trade options. I personally agree with this argument. When I have a
|
||
losing position and I no longer believe in it, the worst I can do to myself
|
||
and my psyche is to begin to hope. I don’t feel free in my thinking and in
|
||
my market perspective when an open losing position is beaming at me on
|
||
my open position monitor. When I close the position, I feel free again, and I
|
||
am opening myself up to taking in market information from an
|
||
opportunistic frame of mind.
|
||
However, my primary argument is that the reason we are hoping has little to
|
||
do with hope itself and everything to do with avoiding pain.
|
||
How many times did I see clients sit on losing positions for ages? I saw
|
||
them deposit more money every time their losing position received a
|
||
margin call. A margin call is when the broker demands more money to keep
|
||
your position open. They just didn’t want to take the loss.
|
||
To compound my confusion, how many times did I see the position come
|
||
good again, and the client close the position as soon as it did? I saw it
|
||
frequently. They didn’t hold on to the position because they believed in the
|
||
position. They held on to the position because they could not stand being
|
||
wrong.
|
||
The moment they were relieved of their pain of the losing position, they got
|
||
out – for nothing. They were so relieved to have avoided the pain of being
|
||
wrong that they completely ignored the fact that the market was now
|
||
actually agreeing with them.
|
||
They weren’t trading the financial market. They were trading their
|
||
emotions, responding to how they felt. When they felt relief that the
|
||
position had come good again, they now associated a tremendous amount of
|
||
pain with the thought of having to relive this anxiety once more.
|
||
As a result of this association, they closed the position. They felt relieved at
|
||
the thought of not having to go through this anxiety again.
|
||
If you are taking your profits early under the excuse that ‘you can’t go
|
||
broke taking a profit’, you are reacting to your mind warning you against
|
||
future pain.
|
||
If you are on a winning streak, and you reduce your stake size, you are
|
||
essentially anticipating the pain of losing some of your gains. You are now
|
||
rationalising your way to avoid the pain, even though nothing painful has
|
||
actually happened.
|
||
I want to reiterate the last paragraph. If you are in doubt whether you are
|
||
trading from an opportunistic frame of mind or a fear-based frame of mind,
|
||
then answer this simple question: when you are winning, are you increasing
|
||
your trading size or decreasing your trading size?
|
||
You see, the vast majority of traders will decrease their trading size when
|
||
things are going well, because they are afraid their winning streak will
|
||
eventually run out. The flip side to that coin is that they might even increase
|
||
their trading size during a trading slump, so they can win back the lost
|
||
money.
|
||
As Greg De Riba, an S&P 500 pit trader of superior quality, said in the
|
||
movie Floored: “99% still don’t get it – when they win, they start betting
|
||
less. Bet more!”
|
||
Perceived pain or real pain matters not to the subconscious. It will be
|
||
treated with the same response and the same emotions.
|
||
When the pain is real, i.e., real pain has manifested itself in body and mind
|
||
because of a trading loss, there is no end to the lengths our ego will go to in
|
||
its efforts to make the money back. This is the primary driver behind the
|
||
argument of ‘when wrong, double up’.
|
||
During a losing streak we tell ourselves that we are ever so close to winning
|
||
again, so the natural conclusion must be to double up in order to regain
|
||
what has been lost.
|
||
The real (subconscious) reason for doubling up on a losing trade is to
|
||
attempt to get rid of the pain. Now we are not trying to avoid pain; we are
|
||
dealing with existing pain, and we are trying to get back to that state of
|
||
equilibrium where we were pain free.
|
||
ACT WITHOUT FEAR
|
||
You learn a lot from observing millions of trades. If you want to stand a
|
||
genuine chance of making money as a trader from the financial markets, I
|
||
believe with every string of DNA within me, with every fibre in my body,
|
||
that you need to change the way you think about fear and pain and hope.
|
||
William Blake said that “He who desires, but acts not, breeds pestilence”. I
|
||
have worked tirelessly towards being able to act without fear and hesitation.
|
||
The true measure of your growth as a human being is not what you know,
|
||
but rather what you do with the things you know.
|
||
What do I mean by that?
|
||
Have you ever seen a chart pattern, and your first impulse was to buy or sell
|
||
short, but then – without warning – the very next thought was one of fear?
|
||
It was a thought you had no control over. It just exploded into the forefront
|
||
of your mind.
|
||
I have experienced that at times in my career. When it happens, I know I
|
||
need to reset somehow. Maybe I need to meditate. Maybe I need to sleep.
|
||
Maybe I need to eat or go for a walk. I know that something is blocking me,
|
||
and I need to resolve it.
|
||
My free creative mind instructed me to do something, but my fear instinct
|
||
immediately cautioned me not to follow through, because I might lose.
|
||
It doesn’t really matter whether you were right not to trade, or whether the
|
||
position would have lost you money or made you money. Those are
|
||
afterthoughts (rationalisations or justifications). We can file those under
|
||
anecdotal evidence, or evidence that has no merit. We all have an uncle who
|
||
smoked until he was 90 with no negative effects – anecdotal evidence – but
|
||
that does not justify the argument for smoking.
|
||
If my free mind argues for a position, and my fear mind argues about the
|
||
consequences of failing on that trade, then I am essentially arguing with
|
||
myself. The posh term for this phenomenon is cognitive dissonance.
|
||
My trades need to flow from a point of freedom of expression. Trades
|
||
conducted from a perspective of fear or greed will not lead to good decision
|
||
making.
|
||
My advice: stop trading and start contemplating. What is going on? When I
|
||
experience cognitive dissonance, it is for one or both of the following
|
||
reasons:
|
||
1. I have trading fatigue (or physical fatigue – ever heard the saying
|
||
‘fatigue makes cowards of us all’?).
|
||
2. I haven’t done my preparation well enough.
|
||
HOW DOES SHE DANCE?
|
||
Have you ever seen a market that was in freefall, and you were reluctant to
|
||
sell short because you were afraid you might lose? My basic aim with this
|
||
book is not to rid you of these fears. Fear will always be part of our lives.
|
||
My aim is to make you understand why you feel that fear and how to
|
||
process it, so you can take the trade.
|
||
I accept that I am a human ruled by emotions. I understand that I can’t
|
||
escape emotions, and nor should I try to escape them. Rather I want to help
|
||
you understand your fear, why it is there, and how to become friends with
|
||
it.
|
||
Earlier in the book I wrote about Philippe Petit, the man who walked across
|
||
a wire suspended between the Twin Towers. He is afraid of spiders. Yes, it
|
||
sounds silly, doesn’t it? His approach to dealing with fear is worth
|
||
repeating.
|
||
He would do everything in his power to understand the nature of his fear of
|
||
spiders. He would study spiders. He would learn everything there was to
|
||
know about spiders. Through his study he would come to appreciate the
|
||
nature of his fear.
|
||
How does that translate into the world of trading? Let’s take a practical
|
||
example. I am trading the FTSE 100 Index. My stake size is around £300 a
|
||
point for a starter position. Now I have to find the best entry points and the
|
||
best exit points.
|
||
But what do I do if I am afraid? What do I do if I am scared to place my
|
||
trades because I am not sure what the market is capable of doing?
|
||
The greater understanding you have of your opponent, the better you are
|
||
able to understand what she is doing. I use the word opponent here, but
|
||
really, the market, she is my friend. I want to dance with her. But I am
|
||
afraid of making a fool of myself. So, I study her moves.
|
||
I haven’t seen other traders do what I do, so I argue this is a novel way of
|
||
analysing the markets. Whether it is a new approach or not doesn’t matter.
|
||
What matters is that I get a sense of what my dancing partner is capable of
|
||
doing. What can I expect from her price behaviour? Is it erratic? Is it
|
||
smooth?
|
||
Observe the chart in Figure 9.
|
||
Figure 9
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
We are all chart experts after the fact. However, studying past pricing
|
||
behaviour gives me a strong indication of what I can expect for the trading
|
||
day. You may see a market that initially rallies, makes a double top, and
|
||
then declines.
|
||
Let me show you the chart in Figure 9 from another vantage point – see
|
||
Figure 10.
|
||
Figure 10
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
As part of my quest to trade without fear, I break down the chart into its
|
||
smallest components. I see the first wave up is 24 points. I see the
|
||
retracement is 9 points down. I see an attempt to make new highs, but it
|
||
only rallies 6 points. I see a deeper retracement of 12 points. I see an 8-
|
||
point rally, a 3-point retracement and another 11-point rally.
|
||
The retracements lower are between 9 and 12 points, with the exception
|
||
of one move of 17 points. You may argue that this is great (said with
|
||
sarcasm), if you had known about it before the trading session started. Well,
|
||
you did. Let me show you the day before, in Figure 11.
|
||
Figure 11
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
The retracements lower are between 7 and 12 points, with the exception
|
||
of one move that was 14 points.
|
||
My approach to a non-fearful trading style is a combination of emotional
|
||
discipline, mental warm-up, and knowledge of what the market can do.
|
||
While these two trading days are different in outcome, their behaviour is
|
||
not altogether different.
|
||
I would go into the trading day armed with the following knowledge:
|
||
1. Deep retracements and outright moves tend to be around 10 points.
|
||
2. Small retracements against a strong trend are around 3–7 points.
|
||
Knowing this, combined with an understanding of basic price patterns, I can
|
||
develop an entry strategy aimed at risking as little as possible. For example,
|
||
on the previous chart, after the market has pushed higher for a move of +11,
|
||
I wait to buy a retracement. I know that most retracements are around 7 to
|
||
12 points, with the last three of them being 8, 7 and 10.
|
||
So now I am looking to buy. Say I buy at the point where the market has
|
||
retraced −7 points; I may be fearful that the market will move against me.
|
||
My knowledge of the immediate past suggests that the market is unlikely to
|
||
move more than −12 points in a retracement. I therefore place my stop-loss
|
||
at an appropriate distance away, based on the past behaviour.
|
||
The discipline to wait for the right entry, combined with the knowledge of
|
||
past price behaviour, will set you apart from the majority of traders. They
|
||
are unlikely to have done the same level of preparation.
|
||
Through your preparation (and I admit, I speak for myself now), you are
|
||
working through the issues your fear mind can throw at you. Your fear mind
|
||
might say “What if I lose?” If it does, the answer is that if the market moves
|
||
beyond −12 points your position is probably wrong, and your stop-loss will
|
||
handle your exit.
|
||
When I lend a helping hand to struggling traders via my Telegram channel,
|
||
the first thing I ask them is do they write down their trades? By that I don’t
|
||
mean write the particular trade entry on a piece of paper. I mean, do they
|
||
plot their trade entries on a chart once the trading day is over?
|
||
I have included a couple of examples from my own trading diary to serve as
|
||
a visual reference guide. See Figures 12 and 13. I use these to warm up in
|
||
the morning ahead of the trading day. I have selected random files from my
|
||
old trading days, and I will relive those moments, both the terrible ones – to
|
||
get me fired up on how not to trade today – as well at the good ones for
|
||
inspiration.
|
||
Figure 12
|
||
Figure 13
|
||
By observing my past behaviour, I am able to reinforce my good points
|
||
while being mindful of my weak points. I will observe the disastrous
|
||
consequences of my hasty trading decisions and my impulses. I will
|
||
observe trades where I didn’t let my profits run. I will in essence torment
|
||
myself by looking at my bad trades because I know this will act as a
|
||
positive catalyst.
|
||
Incidentally, I am not the only one who works like that. I read that Michael
|
||
Jordan and Cristiano Ronaldo thrive on negative talk about them and their
|
||
performance. They take that on board, and it acts as fuel to propel them to
|
||
greater achievements. Unfortunately, no one writes about Tom Hougaard
|
||
and his trading, so I recreate the situation by putting myself through my
|
||
past bad trades.
|
||
NOT ALONE
|
||
The disastrous, impulsive patterns I saw most frequently on the trading
|
||
floor fell into two categories:
|
||
1. Clients executed a long position in markets that they thought looked
|
||
cheap. More often than not they bought into established downtrends.
|
||
2. Clients executed a short position in markets that they felt had rallied
|
||
by too much. To them it looked as if the market couldn’t move any
|
||
higher.
|
||
I don’t blame you if you think I am making this up. Surely, traders can’t be
|
||
engaged in this kind of behaviour in an enlightened era like the one we live
|
||
in, where information flows so freely?
|
||
To prove my point, I went to the IG Client Sentiment Report from 26
|
||
October 2021. IG Markets is a broker that has been around for some time.
|
||
Their client base is global, and as such their sentiment report represents the
|
||
trade positions of a large segment of the retail trading community.
|
||
Before I show you the sentiment report for stock indices, I want to tell you
|
||
that as I type this, on the day of the sentiment report, stock indices all over
|
||
the world made fresh new all-time highs. The FTSE 100 Index in the UK
|
||
traded at levels not seen for years. In the US the Dow Index traded at levels
|
||
never seen before.
|
||
So, you would imagine that if my observations were inaccurate, the bias on
|
||
the sentiment report would call for people being bullish the market.
|
||
You would be wrong. Sadly, I was right about traders’ behaviour. 71.39% of
|
||
all Dow Index positions were short positions – on a day when the Dow
|
||
made fresh new all-time highs. Things were not much better for the DAX
|
||
Index or the FTSE Index.
|
||
Symbol Net-Long (%)Net-Short (%)
|
||
Germany 30
|
||
37.04 62.96
|
||
FTSE 100
|
||
30.60 69.40
|
||
US 500
|
||
39.85 60.15
|
||
Wall Street
|
||
28.61 71.39
|
||
This is why the 90% lose. We don’t see the market for what it is. We see it
|
||
as we are. A chart is only as illuminating as our ability to keep out
|
||
preconceived ideas of the direction of the market.
|
||
We are not losing money over time because we don’t know enough about
|
||
technical analysis or the markets as a whole. We lose money because we
|
||
refuse to accept what is right in front of us.
|
||
My basic premise is that people:
|
||
1. think the wrong way before they get into a trade, and
|
||
2. think the wrong way when they are in a trade.
|
||
It reminds me of the late Mark Douglas, a phenomenal light in the trading
|
||
industry and an inspiration to thousands of people, when he said that good
|
||
traders “think differently from everyone else” at the start of his book
|
||
Trading in the Zone.
|
||
I have coined my own phrase. I argue that people are fearful when they
|
||
should be hopeful, and they are hopeful when they should be fearful. I
|
||
would like to illustrate that by use of an example.
|
||
Imagine you have bought German DAX Index at 15,510 and the market is
|
||
now trading up at 15,525. Instead of thinking that the market may be on a
|
||
tear – and may go on to offer you many more points – you begin to fear that
|
||
the points you have already earned will be taken away from you.
|
||
Hence my saying: you should be hopeful in a situation like this, but instead
|
||
you are fearful. You are afraid that the points will be taken away from you.
|
||
You are not thinking about how many points this position may end up
|
||
making you. Your focus is on fear rather than opportunity.
|
||
The opposite holds true when you are in a losing position. You are now
|
||
hoping that the market will turn around. Your sole objective is to get rid of
|
||
your pain, and instead of being afraid that you’re going to lose even more,
|
||
you now hope that you can reach a position in which you will lose less.
|
||
Every tick in your favour is celebrated. Every tick against you is ignored.
|
||
If you want to trade well, you need to turn this on its head. You need to
|
||
teach your brain to be hopeful (about profits) when it is wrongly fearful
|
||
(about losing the profits). You need to teach your brain to be fearful (about
|
||
losses) when it is mistakenly hopeful (about the position turning positive).
|
||
It starts with being mindful of this behaviour. Perhaps a conversation with a
|
||
student of mine can further clarify what I am talking about.
|
||
CONVERSATION WITH A STUDENT
|
||
In the following conversation, my student and I are discussing a long
|
||
position I have running in Sterling Dollar.
|
||
Student: It feels like gambling.
|
||
Tom: Please explain.
|
||
Student: Well, I have 40 pips in profit, but you will not let me take the profit.
|
||
Tom: I won’t stop you from taking the profit, but if you ask for my opinion, you should let the
|
||
position run. You might want to consider the following scenarios, and then ask yourself how
|
||
you would feel in each case:
|
||
1. Run position and you get stopped out for nothing.
|
||
2. Run position and it explodes higher.
|
||
3. Close position and it explodes higher.
|
||
4. Close position and it reverses.
|
||
Student: I think it is best to close the position and secure the profits, rather than risk that the
|
||
market will take the profits away from me.
|
||
Tom: How would you then feel if the market exploded higher – in your favour?
|
||
Student: I would be disappointed, but I could always jump back in again.
|
||
Tom: If you jumped back in, you would have to pay commission again or at least the spread,
|
||
and you would have missed the explosive move. The only way you would profit from the
|
||
explosive move is if you were already in the move.
|
||
Student: Yes, but at least I would be playing for momentum to continue.
|
||
Tom: That is true, but you are already in a position where the momentum is on your side.
|
||
Student: I guess I just don’t want to see my profits disappear.
|
||
And there you have it – in a nutshell. People are hopeful when they are
|
||
losing money. They are fearful when they are making money. I believe this
|
||
is how the 90% think. It is the reason why – in a study of 25,000 traders –
|
||
they won more often than they lost, but they lost 66% more on their average
|
||
loss than they gained on their average win.
|
||
When the trader is confronted with a loss, they hope it will turn around. The
|
||
operative word here is hope. When they are confronted with a profitable
|
||
position, they are afraid the profit will disappear. The operative word in this
|
||
scenario is fear.
|
||
My student naïvely thought he could jump back in again, but he would
|
||
undoubtedly have had to do so at a worse price than the exit price of his
|
||
profitable position.
|
||
So, the trader holds onto the position until a point at which the pain finally
|
||
becomes too much, then closes the position. Unfortunately, this threshold
|
||
tends to be further down the road than the threshold of hope.
|
||
This is what you need to focus on.
|
||
This is what you need to work on constantly to change your pattern. I will
|
||
not state whether it will be easy to do or difficult to do. It just is. There is no
|
||
point in going any further in speculation if you can’t get yourself to do what
|
||
you must do, even though it feels uncomfortable.
|
||
You must be aware that in trading we tend to chase hope a lot further down
|
||
the road of misery than we are prepared to follow the road of opportunity. It
|
||
is just the way we are put together. You must be aware of this and have a
|
||
plan for combatting your natural behaviour.
|
||
However, I must warn you. Your mind is like a muscle. This is not a one-off
|
||
quick fix any more than doing 100 push-ups once will make you look like
|
||
Captain America for the rest of your life.
|
||
Atrophy is not just something that happens to bodies. It also affects our
|
||
minds. You need to strengthen that mind of yours through repetition. I
|
||
present my own training regime at the end of the book, although I am
|
||
actually describing it piece by piece as we move through the book.
|
||
THE NOT-SO-NORMAL BEHAVIOUR
|
||
What is not-so-normal behaviour? Well, firstly, I am all too aware of the
|
||
shortcomings most people display when they are trading: running a loss,
|
||
cutting short the profitable positions, over-trading, trading for excitement
|
||
and entertainment.
|
||
But this is already known to most – if not all – people, so the not-so-normal
|
||
behaviour goes somewhat beyond that. It is very rare that we ask ourselves
|
||
why we do what we do. Why do I trade when I do? Why do I take profits
|
||
when I do?
|
||
I think it’s time to bring in the words of a relatively unknown trader (but
|
||
one who was hugely respected by his peers). He was a pit trader at the
|
||
Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT), and his name was Charlie DiFrancesca,
|
||
also known as ‘Charlie D’.
|
||
MY HERO
|
||
Charlie DiFrancesca arrived at the floor of the CBOT with a dream and a
|
||
small account. He had a background in competitive college football –
|
||
American style – but otherwise there was nothing about this guy that would
|
||
indicate he would go on to become the biggest trader in the US Treasury
|
||
bond pit in Chicago.
|
||
He had a rough start. He barely traded in the first six months on the floor.
|
||
He just stood there and observed. Then one afternoon something clicked,
|
||
and he traded up a storm for two hours, making himself $5,000. From then
|
||
onwards there was no stopping Charlie D. He became a legend in the
|
||
trading pit until his untimely death.
|
||
In William D. Falloon’s biography of Charlie D., the great trader says:
|
||
The time you know you’ve become a good trader is that first day you
|
||
were able to win by holding and adding to a winning position. There
|
||
are many people here (in the trading pit) that have traded for a long
|
||
time, and who have never added to a winner.
|
||
Adding to winning trades is an absolute key trait of the successful trader. It
|
||
reinforces correct behaviour. It serves as an antidote to the temptation of
|
||
wanting to take profit. When I am in a profitable position, I have trained my
|
||
mind to ask, “How can I make my position bigger?” rather than dwelling on
|
||
the idea of taking profits.
|
||
Charlie D. goes on to talk about his own mentor, Everett Klipp, who taught
|
||
him about correct trading:
|
||
Unfortunately, it’s only human nature to want to cut your winning
|
||
trades. Say I am long at 6, and the market goes 7 bid, our mind
|
||
instantly thinks get me out with a profit. That’s human nature. It is also
|
||
human nature to ride the losses. I am stuck. I won’t close. I will wait.
|
||
ADDING EPIPHANY
|
||
In 2007 I met a person who was going to radically change my way of
|
||
trading. It all came about by chance. I had come back from a lunch break
|
||
and a colleague of mine returned from a meeting with an educational
|
||
company. This educational company taught technical analysis and they
|
||
were pitching their products to my colleague, who happened to be the head
|
||
of marketing.
|
||
What you need to know about my colleague is that he was the most
|
||
obnoxious East End London guy you could possibly imagine. He was brash,
|
||
obnoxious (I know, I said that twice), and arrogant, and no one could tell
|
||
him anything he didn’t already know.
|
||
Yet somehow this educational company had gotten his attention. He spoke
|
||
glowingly about a gentleman called Dr David Paul, who had taken him
|
||
through some basic technical analysis.
|
||
He showed me the technical analysis, and it was basic. Yet there was
|
||
something about the course material, which I had been given a copy of, that
|
||
told me that I needed to engage in a conversation with this gentleman.
|
||
It turned out that Dr David Paul had a two-day trading course coming up in
|
||
Johannesburg. So a few days later I booked myself onto a flight. It was one
|
||
of the only times I have ever participated in formal training on the topic of
|
||
technical analysis.
|
||
I have mentioned him before, but I’ll describe him a little more now. There
|
||
is something incredibly humble about Dr David Paul, despite everything he
|
||
has accomplished. He has a PhD in mechanical engineering. He used his
|
||
immense abilities to invent a drill for miners in South Africa. This was no
|
||
ordinary drill. It was the kind that sucks gas out of the ground as it drills,
|
||
and thus saves lives by more or less eradicating the occurrence of
|
||
explosions.
|
||
David Paul spent much of his time investing and trading. He made himself
|
||
a wealthy man. On the second day of the course David said something that
|
||
would change my perspective on trading.
|
||
He said something along the lines of this: “When you are in a winning
|
||
position, instead of thinking where to get out, why don’t you think about
|
||
where to get in more?”
|
||
He basically told me to turn everything upside down. Most traders with a
|
||
profit will begin to contemplate where to take half the profit. Next, they will
|
||
begin to contemplate where to take the next half of the profit.
|
||
David argued that this was what the 90% would do. He didn’t use those
|
||
exact words, but he did argue that if you want to make money trading, you
|
||
need to do that which the majority finds difficult to do. The first time you
|
||
try it, you may fall flat on your face. That is to be expected, but the next
|
||
time it might be a little easier, and the next time a little easier again.
|
||
DO WHAT IS HARD
|
||
David was essentially arguing that when you are in a winning position you
|
||
should put pressure on your position. The argument for doing so was
|
||
something he himself had observed when the market really began to trend.
|
||
I have tried to put a different spin on his words. When you want what you
|
||
want more than you fear what you want, you will have it. You want profits
|
||
in your trading. You probably have a good instinct about trading. You
|
||
probably also realise by now that it is your thinking that causes your
|
||
problems, rather than your knowledge about the financial markets.
|
||
If the 90% of traders are engaged with taking half profits and letting the
|
||
other half run, maybe the right thing to do is to double up on your position,
|
||
or perhaps conservatively add a little to the position, when everyone else is
|
||
taking half the profits. At least this is what I read between the lines, as I sat
|
||
in that hotel conference room in Johannesburg.
|
||
When the workshop was over I walked across the street and locked myself
|
||
into my hotel room. I sat down and waited. The Dow Index was trending. I
|
||
waited for a retracement. Then I waited for a five-minute bar to close above
|
||
the high of the prior five-minute bar.
|
||
Then I bought. Ten minutes later I added to my first position. Twenty
|
||
minutes later I closed at a double top. It was the most satisfying trading
|
||
moment in my life. A whole new world had opened up to me.
|
||
Depending on your experience level, you may or may not be able to answer
|
||
this question: why is it easier to add to a losing position than a winning
|
||
position? I have wondered about that myself many times.
|
||
You decide that you want to buy the DAX at 12,325. The market then
|
||
moves down to 12,315 and you are tempted to add to the position.
|
||
Why?
|
||
Why is it easier to add to a losing position than to a winning position?
|
||
Well, for starters, you would have loved to have bought at 12,315 rather
|
||
than 12,325 because you would have gotten a better entry price. Therefore,
|
||
buying again at 12,315 makes sense from an economics point of view. That
|
||
is plain simple logic.
|
||
There is a chance that you have a stop-loss in mind, and there is a chance
|
||
that you have a target in mind. Now you have an opportunity to have the
|
||
same stop-loss as before, but you have 10 points less risk, and you have
|
||
more profit potential.
|
||
You have also created a better average price, so the market has to move
|
||
fewer points in your favour before you are at breakeven.
|
||
Simple and logical – something our minds love.
|
||
However, you will now also have added to your position exposure, and the
|
||
market has told you that you are wrong, at least right now. It was easy to do
|
||
the wrong thing because we attach a value to the market. When the market
|
||
gives an opportunity to increase the value of our trade, it will seem
|
||
compelling to us.
|
||
So why is it difficult to add to a winning trade?
|
||
If I bought at 12,325, and the market is moving in my favour, I am relieved.
|
||
Now other emotions will enter the consciousness. There will be greed. You
|
||
want to make more. There will be fear. You want to protect what you have
|
||
made.
|
||
When the market reaches 12,345, you will be thinking that if you buy more
|
||
now, you have increased your average price to 12,335. It means that the
|
||
market will only have to move 10 points against you before your position
|
||
will be at breakeven, rather than in profit.
|
||
The key point here is: what is your mind dwelling on?
|
||
When we add to a losing position, we decide to dwell on the potential for
|
||
bigger profits. We decide not to dwell on the fact that the market is telling
|
||
us we are wrong. We decide not to dwell on the fact we have just doubled
|
||
our risk.
|
||
When we add to a winning position, we decide to dwell on the fact that the
|
||
market may take our profits away, because we have now decreased our
|
||
average price. We decide not to dwell on the fact that the market is
|
||
corroborating with us.
|
||
Put simply, the market disagrees with us, but we have faith that the market
|
||
is wrong, and we add to a losing position; or the market agrees with us by
|
||
showing a profit, but we doubt the market is right, so we don’t add to our
|
||
winning position.
|
||
It doesn’t quite make sense, does it? And yet, this is what the majority of
|
||
traders are doing all the time. Adding to a winning position can be
|
||
uncomfortable to begin with. No one is saying you have to double up on
|
||
your trading size the first time you add to a winning position. You could add
|
||
just a little bit.
|
||
ADDING STRATEGIES
|
||
There are two ways you can add to your winning trades. You can use a
|
||
same-size principle, by which you keep adding the same size. Say you buy
|
||
ten lots to begin with, and then you add ten more lots at a higher price, and
|
||
so on.
|
||
That is a risky way of trading. Instead you could use a second principle, by
|
||
which your first position is the biggest position, and subsequent positions
|
||
are smaller. So your first position might be ten lots, but the subsequent
|
||
positions might be five lots.
|
||
When I trade, I pretty much always use the same-size principle, but I urge
|
||
you to use the second principle until you are comfortable with adding to
|
||
winning trades.
|
||
BUILDING NEW PATHWAYS
|
||
The purpose of adding to winning trades is at its heart an attempt to fight
|
||
your normal human behaviour. In the beginning it is not about adding to
|
||
your profitability. That will come later. The purpose is to stop you from
|
||
taking half profits.
|
||
By adding to the winning trade, by thinking, “How can I make more when I
|
||
am right?” rather than thinking, “Where should I take profit?” you are
|
||
building a new way of thinking about trading.
|
||
Do you remember what Mark Douglas said in the opening lines of Trading
|
||
in the Zone? In trading, consistent winners “think differently from everyone
|
||
else”. When you start to think, “Where can I add to my winning trades?”
|
||
you are beginning to think differently. From then onwards, it becomes a
|
||
matter of habit. You have built a new neurological pathway in your mind, or
|
||
at least taken meaningful steps in the right direction.
|
||
CONTROLLING RISK
|
||
How do you control risk when you add to winning trades? This is a question
|
||
I am often asked. The answer is the same whether you are adding to a
|
||
winning or a losing trade: you place a stop-loss.
|
||
Some who receive this answer will say, “But if I get stopped out on an add-
|
||
on on a profitable trade, then I will have lost profits from the original trade
|
||
as well.”
|
||
Yes, that is true; but isn’t it better to get stopped out of a trade where you
|
||
have some profits to cushion your loss, rather than having added to a losing
|
||
trade, where you are now feeling the full force of the loss? At least when
|
||
you add to a winning trade, the market is currently agreeing with you.
|
||
I have just bought the Dow at 26,629. My stop-loss is 26,590. The Dow has
|
||
already rallied from a base of 26,569, so I might be a little late to the party,
|
||
but that doesn’t bother me.
|
||
Many a good trade has been missed by those arriving too late to the party.
|
||
As long as I have a stop-loss in place, I am fine to join a momentum move,
|
||
even one that has been moving for a while.
|
||
The Dow prints 26,649, and I buy once more. I am adding to my winning
|
||
position. Now my stop-loss on the first position I bought has been moved to
|
||
reflect the fact that I have taken on more risk. My first stop-loss is now at
|
||
26,629. The stop-loss on my second position is also 26,629.
|
||
At this point, two things can happen. Ideally, the market will carry on
|
||
moving higher, and every point move is now making me twice as much as
|
||
if I had only one position.
|
||
The less appealing alternative is that the market moves against me, and I
|
||
will get stopped out of the first position at breakeven, and I will lose 20
|
||
points on the second position.
|
||
There is no magic to it. It is a philosophy, and it is born out of a desire to
|
||
not be normal. The normal thing to do is to close half your position and let
|
||
the other half run.
|
||
Why would you do that? Why would you have the market agree with you,
|
||
but you only ride it with half a stake?
|
||
That is what the 90% are doing, and I don’t want to do what the 90% are
|
||
doing, no matter how logical it may seem. They are wrong over time, and I
|
||
want to be right over time!
|
||
It is such a crucial point I am attempting to get across to you, right here and
|
||
right now. I don’t know what is going to happen over the course of one
|
||
trade. Anything can happen. However, I do know what will happen –
|
||
statistically speaking – over the course of 100 trades.
|
||
Over the course of one trade, you may win, or you may lose. Over the
|
||
course of one coin flip, you may get a head or you may get a tail, and you
|
||
may get five tails in a row, but you will still end up – statistically speaking –
|
||
with a 50/50 outcome when you throw the coin 100 times.
|
||
The same applies to trades. You may be on a hot run, and have nothing but
|
||
winning trades on your screen, but over time it will even itself out.
|
||
Therefore, it is vitally important you don’t think too much about the
|
||
outcome of one trade, but rather the outcome of 100 trades.
|
||
The outcome of one trade is random. The outcome of 100 trades is
|
||
predictable. It is for this reason that our behaviour needs to be the same for
|
||
every trade we execute, whether we like it or not. By applying the same
|
||
correct behaviour to every trade, we are virtually guaranteed to be
|
||
profitable.
|
||
What is the correct behaviour? Well, why don’t we observe what everyone
|
||
else is doing, and then do the opposite of what they are doing?
|
||
The basic premise is that the majority of people who trade end up losing
|
||
money. That is our starting point. Now we observe what those people do. I
|
||
have been doing that for ten years. Here is what I observed:
|
||
1. THEY DON’T ADD TO WINNERS
|
||
They don’t add to winning trades. So, to be profitable, add to winning
|
||
trades, whether you add a little or you double up. Start slowly, add a little.
|
||
2. THEY DON’T USE A STOP-LOSS
|
||
They don’t like to use a stop-loss, because that would crystallise the pain of
|
||
the loss. As long as the position is open, there is hope. So, to be profitable
|
||
over time, use a stop-loss. Use a stop-loss on your first position and on
|
||
subsequent positions.
|
||
3. THEY ADD TO LOSING TRADES
|
||
We all love a bargain at the local supermarket, don’t we? And by all means,
|
||
continue to shop for bargains at the local supermarket; but do not do it in
|
||
the financial markets by buying more, just because you can buy it at a
|
||
cheaper price than the first time you bought it.
|
||
While you may get lucky from time to time, this is one of the main traits of
|
||
losing traders. Remember, we are focused on establishing the behaviour that
|
||
will ensure we will be profitable over time.
|
||
4. THEY TAKE HALF PROFITS
|
||
This one is going to be tough to argue, so bear with me. I know so many
|
||
traders – even people who have traded for decades longer than I have – who
|
||
advocate taking half profits. Their thinking goes along this pathway:
|
||
I will risk 20 points.
|
||
I will take half profits at 20 points and move stop-loss on the other half
|
||
to breakeven.
|
||
I will take the other half profit at 40 points.
|
||
It sounds so compelling. You close half the position, so if the market turns
|
||
around, at least you will have made 20 points on half the position. I can
|
||
understand the thinking behind it.
|
||
The problem I have with this strategy is that it never gives you the home-
|
||
run trades that you need to sustain yourself in this business. You will never
|
||
be on board the big moves because you have always limited yourself.
|
||
I have two fundamental arguments against taking half profits:
|
||
1. The market agrees with you. Let it ride.
|
||
2. Since I don’t believe in the risk-to-reward argument, because no
|
||
human being can know in advance what their reward will be without
|
||
limiting themselves, I don’t believe that taking half profits is the right
|
||
way to trade.
|
||
RISK TO REWARD
|
||
Did I just say that I don’t believe in the whole risk-to-reward argument?
|
||
Yes, that is correct. I do not. I believe in defining my risk. I don’t believe in
|
||
defining my reward.
|
||
When I am about to execute a trade, there is only one variable I have
|
||
meaningful control over: how much money/points/pips will I risk on this
|
||
trade?
|
||
Anything else is pure guess work. How much I will make will depend on
|
||
the market. It will not depend on me, unless I put a limit on my profits. A
|
||
very wise old trader once told me that losers spend their time thinking how
|
||
much they will make, while winners spend their time thinking about how
|
||
much they will lose.
|
||
The only variable I am in control of, as a point-and-click trader (as opposed
|
||
to one who uses an algorithm), is how much I can lose on a trade.
|
||
Observing hundreds of millions of trades over a decade, executed by an
|
||
army of well-meaning traders doing their best to make a profit, I have come
|
||
to the conclusion that setting a limit on your profits is not the way forward.
|
||
If I buy the FTSE 100 Index at 7,240 with a stop-loss at 7,235, and a take-
|
||
profit target at 7,250, I am sure I will be happy if the FTSE goes to 7,250
|
||
and reverses back down again. However, how will I feel if the FTSE moves
|
||
to 7,260, or 7,270, or higher?
|
||
Of course, there are exceptions to this rule. I may genuinely want to get out
|
||
at 7,250 because I feel there is overhead resistance at this area. It may even
|
||
be an area where I would want to sell short the market. I may also put in a
|
||
take-profit order at 7,250 because I may not be able to follow the market as
|
||
closely on this particular trade.
|
||
But generally, I do not work with targets because a target will limit my
|
||
profit, particularly on days where the market is in a runaway mode. With
|
||
this in mind, I would like to show you an example of a decision I made, and
|
||
how it ended up costing me dearly.
|
||
HOW NOT TO DO IT
|
||
The DAX gapped up, as shown in Figure 14. I know from statistics that
|
||
48% of all gaps get filled on the same day they occur. Considering that 90%
|
||
of daily highs and lows occur in the first hour and a half of the trading day,
|
||
I felt reasonably good about shorting the DAX on the low bar, indicated by
|
||
the arrow. The stop-loss was close to the high of the day. The risk was 35
|
||
DAX points.
|
||
Figure 14
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
As shown in Figure 15, instead of continuing lower, the DAX Index
|
||
consolidates and moves higher, and it eventually takes out my stop-loss. I
|
||
am now at −35 points.
|
||
Figure 15
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
The previous pattern does suggest higher prices to come. Yes, it looks like a
|
||
double top sell; but on a gap up day, the odds are higher of continuation
|
||
than of a reversal. Remember the saying, “In bull markets, resistance is
|
||
often broken, and in bear markets support rarely holds.” Well, you can
|
||
replace bull markets with bull trends, and bear markets with bear trends.
|
||
In Figure 16, I execute a long position on the close of the bar, as it closes
|
||
above my stop-loss. It is in reality a stop and reverse situation. I am stopped
|
||
out of my short position, and as a result of it, I am going long.
|
||
Figure 16
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
The market moves into a consolidation, and eventually breaks higher. I add
|
||
to my long position, as show in Figure 17. So far everything looks okay.
|
||
Figure 17
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
Then I make a mistake. I am at this point able to close the position with a
|
||
profit that exceeds the loss I made earlier.
|
||
Do you see what I am doing wrong now? I am not trading the chart. I am
|
||
trading my account. I am trading my state of mind. I am trying to get rid of
|
||
the pain from my previous trade. You can see this in Figure 18.
|
||
Figure 18
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
Much to my disappointment, I admit I close my long position for no other
|
||
reason than being able to offset the prior loss. I talk myself out of the
|
||
position rather than just moving my stop-loss higher. It is not until my
|
||
review of my trading day that I really come to realise what I have done.
|
||
For now the market is not entirely in disagreement with me. For the next
|
||
two hours the market trades sideways. The longer a market moves from a
|
||
trending market into a sideways market, the less the prior trend matters. At
|
||
least that is what I tell myself.
|
||
Then as the US markets opens the DAX Index moves higher, and I am not
|
||
on board. You may not yet see the subtle point I am making here, so let me
|
||
point it out to you.
|
||
I do not belong to the brigade of traders who believe that “you can’t go
|
||
broke taking a profit.” I do think you can go broke taking a profit, if it
|
||
means you never have really big profit days because you are unable to let
|
||
profits run.
|
||
Simple as that!
|
||
Figure 19 shows what happened after my exit. While I don’t insist on
|
||
perfect trading, I review my trades religiously to pick up on errors creeping
|
||
into the inner workings of my trading mind. Am I maintaining my
|
||
discipline? Am I adding to winners? Am I impulsive?
|
||
Figure 19
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
You may look at the chart and think I did okay. I look at the chart and I
|
||
wonder why I got out. The pain of having missed out on the rally towards
|
||
the end of the day was greater than the pleasure from making back what I
|
||
had lost earlier in the day.
|
||
PRESSING WINNERS
|
||
Adding to winners is habitual for me. I have new and experienced traders
|
||
following me on YouTube and Telegram exclaiming they want to know how
|
||
I do it.
|
||
One simple way of doing it is to look over the prior trading days, and come
|
||
up with a number of points at which you will want to add to your position.
|
||
For example, you may look at Euro Dollar and conclude you want to add to
|
||
your position at every 10-pip interval.
|
||
I went about my approach in a different manner. I think it is best illustrated
|
||
through the use of a theoretical explanation.
|
||
I want to trade the FTSE 100 Index, and I am looking for an approach to
|
||
adding to my winning trades. How do I go about doing that?
|
||
STEP 1
|
||
I need to establish what the historical volatility is in this index. I use a
|
||
measure called Average True Range (ATR). When using it I carefully
|
||
differentiate between periods in which I don’t want to trade the product, and
|
||
those in which I do want to trade the product.
|
||
For example, the volatility of the FTSE Index on a five-minute chart during
|
||
the night could be around 4 points, while the volatility on a five-minute
|
||
chart at the open at 8 am GMT is around 14 points. That is a significant
|
||
difference.
|
||
Say for the sake of argument that I have established that the volatility is
|
||
equal to 10 pips/10 points where I day trade the FTSE Index on the time
|
||
frame I prefer to trade.
|
||
We call that value N.
|
||
N = 10
|
||
My stop-loss is 2 × N.
|
||
STEP 2
|
||
Establish how much money you want to risk on a trade. This is a percentage
|
||
function of your account value. Say you have £10,000 in your trading
|
||
account, and you decide you want to risk 2% of the account.
|
||
Hence 2% of £10,000 = £200.
|
||
STEP 3
|
||
Now I establish my trading size unit, which is essentially how big my
|
||
trading size is.
|
||
If N = 10
|
||
Risk = 2N
|
||
Monetary Risk = £200
|
||
Then my trading size unit will be £200 / 20 = £10
|
||
STEP 4
|
||
I can then argue that I want to add to my position at every ½N. I think this
|
||
is where your own research should come into play. However, for the sake of
|
||
the argument, I will take you through an example, based on the numbers
|
||
above.
|
||
EXAMPLE
|
||
I buy the FTSE Index at 7,500.
|
||
My stop is 20 points.
|
||
My risk is £10 per point.
|
||
My add-on is at every ½N. This means I add at every 5-point increment.
|
||
The FTSE Index now trades at 7,505. I buy one more unit, meaning I am
|
||
now buying £10 a point at 7,505.
|
||
I now have two open positions:
|
||
Long 7,500 with stop-loss at 7,480.
|
||
Long at 7,505 with stop-loss at 7,485.
|
||
As you can quickly gather, this will cause a bigger loss than anticipated if I
|
||
do not move my stop-loss up on the first position.
|
||
Before I enter the second position, I have already planned to move my stop-
|
||
loss up by ½N. I will move the stop-loss up on the first position by 5 points.
|
||
This means that the stop-losses on the first and second positions are
|
||
identical. My total risk is now 35 points.
|
||
As I hope you can see, this way of trading can quickly materialise a larger
|
||
loss than perhaps you had wanted it to. It is for this reason I urge you to
|
||
consider variations of this method, such as adding with smaller stake size
|
||
on the second, third and fourth positions.
|
||
You may ask, “Why add at all?”
|
||
Because by adding, I am actively combatting the brain’s proclivity to
|
||
scaling down risk. Our brains want to take profit. I am doing the opposite. I
|
||
am adding to my position.
|
||
REAL-LIFE EXAMPLE
|
||
The following chart shows the Dow Jones Index on a trend day. I define a
|
||
trend day as a day when the market opens at the high or the low of the day,
|
||
and closes at the low or the high of the day.
|
||
The problem with trend days is that you won’t know it was a trend day until
|
||
the day is over. So, you have to make an assumption, based around what
|
||
you see on the chart, about whether you think it is a trend day.
|
||
I have researched the price action behaviour of the Dow Jones Index over
|
||
18 years. I have identified a handful of first hour patterns, which I believe
|
||
are precursors for trend days. One of those patterns is a gap down after a
|
||
gap up day, where the gap down is not filled within the first hour.
|
||
Figure 20 shows a positive Thursday. The trade I want to show you took
|
||
place on the Friday. Friday is notorious for producing lasting trends, often
|
||
leading to trend days, especially on Fridays at the beginning or end of the
|
||
month.
|
||
Figure 20
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
I have also included a screenshot of my trading monitor.
|
||
Wall Street 3,000.0
|
||
25419.625135.9
|
||
kr851,150.00
|
||
|
||
500.0
|
||
25458
|
||
25135.9
|
||
kr161,500.00
|
||
|
||
700.0
|
||
25455
|
||
25135.9
|
||
kr224,000.00
|
||
|
||
350.0
|
||
25469
|
||
25135.9
|
||
kr116,725.00
|
||
|
||
450.0
|
||
25455
|
||
25135.9
|
||
kr143,775.00
|
||
|
||
200.0
|
||
25441
|
||
25135.9
|
||
kr61,100.00
|
||
|
||
300.0
|
||
25329
|
||
25135.9
|
||
kr58,050.00
|
||
|
||
250.0
|
||
25356
|
||
25135.9
|
||
kr55,250.00
|
||
|
||
125.0
|
||
25258
|
||
25135.9
|
||
kr15,312.50
|
||
|
||
125.0
|
||
25259
|
||
25135.9
|
||
kr15,437.50
|
||
The top line shows my overall exposure. It states I am short 3,000 in Wall
|
||
Street. My average entry is 25,419.6. The current price is 25,135.9. The
|
||
3,000 means I am short 3,000 Danish kroner per point, which equates to
|
||
about 500 US dollars per point movement in the Dow.
|
||
So, for every point the Dow Index drops, I make 3000 kroner, and vice
|
||
versa. For every point it rallies, I lose 3000 kroner. At the time of the screen
|
||
shot I am in profit by 851,000 kroner.
|
||
Below my total exposure, you see each of the entries, which add up to
|
||
3,000.
|
||
If you look at the previous chart, you will see the numbers 1, 2, and 3.
|
||
Those are points where I am adding to my position.
|
||
At Point 1 on the chart, I start selling short. I scale into my short position
|
||
over five entries. Those are the first five entries you see below my total
|
||
exposure.
|
||
At Point 2, I add more short positions. I do so because the market is weak,
|
||
and I am certain a trend day is developing. I add about 25% more to my
|
||
short position at Point 2. At Point 3, I add about 10% more to my short
|
||
position
|
||
As the market moves lower, I add to my positions, as I have been trained to
|
||
do. I move my stop-loss down as well. What you are unable to see on the
|
||
chart is that initially the market moved against me.
|
||
What I am doing here is critical to your understanding of fear. I have been
|
||
under water on my position, and now I am finally making money. My brain
|
||
has had to endure pain during the loss period, and I am now being sent
|
||
signals from my mind to relieve my brain of the pain it felt during the
|
||
losing period (15 minutes earlier).
|
||
I counteract this pain by actively doing the very thing that causes me pain. I
|
||
am embracing the discomfort by compounding it. This is required if I am to
|
||
actively engage in behaviour that is the opposite of the 90%’s. You will
|
||
notice that my add-on is not a big position. Yet, it serves to reinforce the
|
||
right kind of behaviour.
|
||
The Dow falls strongly. I am in the safe zone now. My core position cannot
|
||
be threatened. My stops are placed at breakeven. However, I am still
|
||
prepared to let this trade turn into an insignificant trade (small profit trade)
|
||
in the hope that it will turn into a significant trade.
|
||
You must find your own level of risk temperance. Once I was asked “If you
|
||
keep adding to your trades, when do you take profits?” That is a great
|
||
question. I use the charts to take profits. If I double bottom on a chart, and I
|
||
am short, then I might be tempted to take profit.
|
||
Alternatively – and this is a really good trick – I will place my stop-loss
|
||
where I would want to get into the market, but in the other direction. For
|
||
example, in this case, if I am short the Dow Jones Index I might place my
|
||
stop-loss at the price level where I would turn into a buyer of the index.
|
||
Although I am 100 points in profit, I am by no means relaxing. I am adding
|
||
to my position again and again, in smaller increments, in order to reinforce
|
||
the right behaviour.
|
||
The trade had the potential to turn into a spectacular trade. It didn’t. The
|
||
Dow bounced strongly (before falling again), and although I made a profit,
|
||
it was not the amount you see on the screenshot.
|
||
That is very important for me to get across to you, because I think it is
|
||
important that you establish some criteria for how much of your paper
|
||
profits you are prepared to give away in order to capture the really big days.
|
||
There are days when I come to work, and I just want to capture 20–30
|
||
points, and then be done. Not every day has hundreds of points available in
|
||
it.
|
||
Then there are days when the market starts out very strongly or very
|
||
weakly, and you think to yourself, “This could be a really big day.”
|
||
I have a philosophy to trading that means I am prepared to sacrifice profits
|
||
in order to discover how big the profit can get. If you don’t have that
|
||
philosophy, you will never discover how big the profit can get.
|
||
If you always think of potential targets, using technical analysis, you are
|
||
most likely just talking your way out of a good trade. You might be using
|
||
technical measures to time your exit, but I don’t subscribe to this method.
|
||
There is a reason for that. When the market is trending, and I am on board
|
||
the trend with a position, I hope that the market will close that night at its
|
||
strongest/weakest for the day.
|
||
It happens on at least 20% of all trading days in stock indices. Yes, I have
|
||
had plenty of disappointments, but I have had sufficient stellar days to make
|
||
it part of my philosophy.
|
||
DAX INDEX – TRADING EXAMPLE
|
||
Let me show you another example of a trade where I added to my positions.
|
||
However, this time I will show you what I saw at the time of the trade. See
|
||
Figure 21.
|
||
Figure 21
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
I am not on board the first push down. I look at the rebound for an
|
||
opportunity to short the DAX Index. On the next image you can see my
|
||
initial position entries highlighted in box 1.
|
||
|
||
DAX finally caves in and resumes its downtrend, as shown in Figure 22.
|
||
You can see my subsequent short entries in box 2. There are a couple of
|
||
things I would like you to see here:
|
||
Figure 22
|
||
Source: eSignal (esignal.com)
|
||
1. I am not afraid to sell short something that has already fallen in
|
||
price. This is consistent with what the majority of people do not want
|
||
to do.
|
||
2. I scale into the position in this example, and I add aggressively to
|
||
my short position once my position is in profit.
|
||
I urge you to contemplate how you can introduce the element of adding to
|
||
winners into your trading. I am not interested in rewriting your trading plan.
|
||
I am not interested in turning you into a copy of me. I am interested in
|
||
trying to make you understand the value of pain in trading, as a barometer
|
||
for adding to positions.
|
||
If it is uncomfortable, then it is probably the right thing to do.
|
||
I will repeat something I mentioned earlier. I think you should give serious
|
||
contemplation to the question of why people in general find it easier to add
|
||
to a losing trade than a winning trade.
|
||
I don’t ever want to be accused of glorifying trading. It is a risky
|
||
proposition. Twenty years ago most brokers in Europe didn’t have what we
|
||
today know as negative balance protection. Today, it is a legal requirement.
|
||
It means that you can’t lose more money than is available on your trading
|
||
account.
|
||
You can still lose a lot more than you anticipate, especially if you add to
|
||
positions, like I do.
|
||
As you become better at trading, you will want to trade bigger and bigger
|
||
size, and the market on a big position doesn’t have to change direction by a
|
||
lot before you give away a big portion of your open profits.
|
||
If you want proof of that, here it is. This was a perfectly good-looking DAX
|
||
position which turned from being very profitable to showing a significant
|
||
loss. It starts well with a short position at 11,288. I then add to the position
|
||
as the DAX Index falls. Then the market reverses, and I add a little more at
|
||
the old top.
|
||
At the point of the screenshot I am short 4,500 kroner per point, and I am
|
||
losing 25 points. I close the position shortly after for a loss.
|
||
4,500.0
|
||
11289.411314.0
|
||
kr−110,5100.00
|
||
300.011288.311314.0
|
||
kr−7,710.00
|
||
350.011286.811314.0
|
||
kr−9,520.00
|
||
400.011285.211314.0
|
||
kr−11,520.00
|
||
500.011285.011314.0
|
||
kr−14,500.00
|
||
500.011279.011314.0
|
||
kr−17,500.00
|
||
500.011274.811314.0
|
||
kr−19,600.00
|
||
450.011295.211314.0
|
||
kr−8,460.00
|
||
500.011293.211314.0
|
||
kr−10,400.00
|
||
500.011292.711314.0
|
||
kr−10,650.00
|
||
500.011312.711314.0
|
||
kr650.00
|
||
UNCOMFORTABLE
|
||
There are no shortcuts in the trading industry, any more than there are
|
||
shortcuts in, say, professional sports. I expect to get uncomfortable during
|
||
the trading. At times it feels like the minutes last for hours. My impatience
|
||
to do something is raging within me. I am battling my own emotions more
|
||
than I am battling the markets.
|
||
Finally, when I am in a position, my mind has something to occupy itself
|
||
with. Be careful what you ask for! Maybe the position is showing a loss, so
|
||
now I am battling my subconscious mind, which wants the position to run a
|
||
little longer.
|
||
My conscious mind has a stop-loss, but my subconscious mind wants to me
|
||
to remove it. It doesn’t want to lose.
|
||
It could be the position is going well. Now my subconscious wants me to
|
||
take my profits. It loves the gratification of a good profit. So, I am battling
|
||
it whether I am winning or losing on my trades.
|
||
The key to victory starts with being mindful of the existence of two brains.
|
||
The ability to anticipate your enemy’s next move is crucial. The
|
||
subconscious brain is a rather simple beast. It just wants to avoid pain.
|
||
For the subconscious brain there are two pains in trading. There is the pain
|
||
of seeing a profit. When it sees a profit, it wants you to close it because then
|
||
it doesn’t have to deal with the pain of seeing the profit disappear. Then
|
||
there is the pain of loss. When the subconscious brain sees a loss, it wants
|
||
you to hold on to the position a little longer and a little longer. Otherwise, it
|
||
will have to deal with taking the loss. As long as the position is open, there
|
||
is always hope.
|
||
In a nutshell, what separates the 10% of winners from the 90% of losers is
|
||
which brain they are listening to. It took me many years to realise this. I
|
||
developed a system for my mind, a training program that enabled me to
|
||
withstand the influences of the emotional subconscious brain on my trading
|
||
decisions.
|
||
During the Round the Clock Trader event referred to previously, a guest
|
||
asked me if I wasn’t afraid that the market would turn back up the moment I
|
||
went short.
|
||
Who do you think was really asking that question? It was the part of his
|
||
mind controlled by fear. Of course, the market might very well turn around.
|
||
I would lie if I said that had never happened. It probably happens five times
|
||
out of ten. So, the real question to be asked is this:
|
||
what would cause you more pain?
|
||
1. You sell short and the market reverses back up.
|
||
2. You do nothing and the market reverses back up.
|
||
3. You sell short and the market continues lower.
|
||
4. You do nothing and the market continues lower.
|
||
OPTION 1
|
||
I sell short and the darn market moves against me again. It is annoying, but
|
||
the stop-loss will take care of my exit. At least I can say that I followed my
|
||
plan.
|
||
OPTION 2
|
||
I do nothing and the market moves back up. I might be happy, but I have
|
||
just trained my mind not to follow the plan, and I was rewarded for it.
|
||
I was rewarded by not selling short, which would have lost me money, and
|
||
my mind is now congratulating me for my excellent chart reading skills, but
|
||
for all the wrong reasons.
|
||
OPTION 3
|
||
I sell short, like I am supposed to, and the market follows through to the
|
||
downside. Instead of clapping my small paws in joy, I am proactive, and I
|
||
add to my winning trade. I am doing absolutely everything I am meant to
|
||
do.
|
||
OPTION 4
|
||
I decide not to follow the plan of shorting, and the market moves
|
||
aggressively lower. I would have made all the lost money back from the
|
||
first trade, but I do not.
|
||
I can’t speak for you, but I will tell you how I feel about it. It causes me
|
||
more emotional pain to miss a move because I didn’t follow through on my
|
||
plan than when I followed through with my plan.
|
||
WHAT IS TOO FAR?
|
||
Another question that came in after the short trade was this: “Were you not
|
||
concerned that the market had already moved too far? Do you not think you
|
||
had already missed the boat?”
|
||
The person who asked this question is most likely the same person who
|
||
would not buy the DAX because it had already rallied 1% on the day.
|
||
This is the supermarket analogy all over. We seek out bargains, but we
|
||
avoid buying items that have risen in price.
|
||
It is a mental illusion. You can’t say the DAX is too expensive just because
|
||
it has rallied 1% on the day. We do not want to buy something that is
|
||
already going up. We would rather wait until it comes down again to buy it,
|
||
because then it is cheaper.
|
||
Similarly, we do not want to sell short something that is already going
|
||
down. We want to wait for it to rise again and sell it when it is higher (more
|
||
expensive) because it gives us better value.
|
||
In principle, I don’t disagree with these statements, but here is the flaw: that
|
||
is what everyone else wants to do, and the majority tend to be wrong.
|
||
Correction: they don’t tend to be wrong; they are wrong. Sure, they are
|
||
right 60% of the time, but when they are wrong they are really wrong. How
|
||
do you know where the top or the bottom is? I have seen a lot of trading
|
||
systems, but none of them had an acceptable success ratio of predicting tops
|
||
or bottoms.
|
||
This is why I say that you should buy strength and you should sell
|
||
weakness. Buy high, sell higher; sell low, buy back lower. Will I miss the
|
||
absolute turning points? Yes, I will. Top pickers and bottom pickers soon
|
||
become cotton pickers.
|
||
When I am distressed about profits disappearing, I remind myself of the
|
||
story of a US super trader whose reputation for doing the right thing under
|
||
pressure is legendary. His name is Paul Tudor Jones.
|
||
He was once watching the market and, as it had been rising all morning, he
|
||
had been buying steadily. He was long several hundred contracts showing a
|
||
good profit.
|
||
Suddenly the market jolted lower for no apparent reason. Without blinking,
|
||
he sold out all his long positions, and as the market continued to fall, he
|
||
started to sell short the market too. One of his colleagues who didn’t know
|
||
he had commenced shorting the market commented on the fall and said this
|
||
was a good chance to start buying.
|
||
The conversation, edited for expletives, went on as follows:
|
||
“Are you mad?” said Paul.
|
||
“What do you mean?” said the colleague.
|
||
“You must be mad. The market has just broken 100 points in 15 minutes,
|
||
and you are looking to buy it?”
|
||
“Well, what would you do?”
|
||
“Let’s put it this way, I am certainly not looking to buy it here.”
|
||
“Well, would you sell them short here?”
|
||
“Of course I would!”
|
||
“But they have come down so far.”
|
||
“Exactly, that’s the point.”
|
||
“Right,” said the colleague. “Well just how far would the market have to
|
||
fall before you started to buy it?”
|
||
“As long as it is going down, why would I buy it?”
|
||
“Because it’s so cheap, it’s an absolute bargain. It’s 100 points cheaper than
|
||
it was 15 minutes ago.”
|
||
“Forget cheap. Forget expensive. It’s just numbers on a page.”
|
||
“But I don’t understand. If it kept going down, where would you try and
|
||
buy it?”
|
||
“If it kept going down, I’d want to be selling it, not buying it. If it kept
|
||
going down, I would sell it down to zero.”
|
||
“And if it was going up?”
|
||
If it kept going up, I’d buy it to infinity.”
|
||
I absolutely love this story. Having seen Paul Tudor Jones trade, you sense
|
||
his energy, his intensity and determination, and his utter conviction in
|
||
whatever he does. He doesn’t just say, “Sell short.” He shouts, “Sell short!”
|
||
stamps his feet and swings his hands.
|
||
I admire his mental agility – flowing from being convinced on the long side
|
||
to turning the position to the short side. Sadly, this is one trait that is hard to
|
||
acquire. I know some traders with decades of trading experience who are
|
||
unable to flip the switch and go from being long to being short.
|
||
FINDING A LOW
|
||
Trying to find the low in a stock can be a costly affair. We all make
|
||
mistakes, but how costly is the mistake going to be? I remember very
|
||
vividly watching a CNBC show called Mad Money, during the financial
|
||
crisis in 2008.
|
||
On the show Jim Cramer received an email from a viewer asking about the
|
||
health of Bear Stearns. Now I am sure that if Mr Cramer had an opportunity
|
||
to go back in time he would most certainly amend what he said in that
|
||
broadcast.
|
||
He basically shouted at the screen, saying that Bear Stearns was fine. But a
|
||
few days later Bear Stearns was gone, done and dusted, never to be seen
|
||
again.
|
||
You may recall my first brush with meeting clients back in 2001. I gave
|
||
them the not-so-welcome advice to get the hell out of their Marconi shares.
|
||
Would you believe it if I told you that history repeated itself in 2007?
|
||
It is easy to be swayed by a supermarket mentality when we are trading. As
|
||
I mentioned previously in the book, when we go into a supermarket, we are
|
||
drawn towards the special offers. When I look at my shopping basket from
|
||
this weekend, I see things that I wouldn’t normally buy.
|
||
Of course, I would need these things at some point or another. We all need
|
||
toilet paper. We all need dishwasher tablets, and we all need hand soap. The
|
||
reason why they were in my shopping basket this week was because they
|
||
were on offer. Who can resist a 50% discount?
|
||
But a 50% discount in a supermarket is not the same thing as a 50%
|
||
discount in the financial markets. Many clients of City Index, the broker I
|
||
worked at for more than eight years, came face to face with this reality
|
||
during the financial crisis from 2007 to 2009.
|
||
In 2006, after having done very little for years, a stock called Northern
|
||
Rock went on a tear. It rallied 50% in months. There was no real interest
|
||
from City Index clients in the stock during the rally phase.
|
||
However, when it began to slide back down again afterwards, the interest
|
||
rose. It was as if Northern Rock had the same effect on investors that half-
|
||
price toilet paper has on shoppers in a supermarket.
|
||
Northern Rock became quite a lively traded stock. The more Northern Rock
|
||
fell in price, the more people got interested in the stock. At one point I
|
||
received a phone call on a Saturday morning at home. At this point
|
||
Northern Rock had slipped from 1200 pence down to around 500 pence.
|
||
The person on the other end of the phone was a stranger to me. He had
|
||
picked up my business card at one of the talks I had given on technical
|
||
analysis. He apologised for calling me so early on a Saturday morning, but
|
||
he and his friend had decided to invest in Northern Rock. They had decided
|
||
to get the opinion of a professional, just to double check whether it was a
|
||
good idea.
|
||
Apart from being rather annoyed at being woken up at 7 am on a Saturday
|
||
by a stranger, I was also annoyed with the question. At this point Northern
|
||
Rock was in freefall. I roughly said the following to the stranger:
|
||
Look, I don’t know what is going on with Northern Rock, but there is
|
||
something horribly wrong. Although the general market is declining
|
||
too, Northern Rock is declining much more.
|
||
What I am afraid of is that there is something amiss that we don’t
|
||
know about, and it has yet to be known to the market. It feels as if
|
||
someone somewhere knows something is horribly wrong, and they are
|
||
selling out while they can.
|
||
I told him that I had many clients who had said exactly what he was saying
|
||
now, but about Marconi five years earlier. Fortunes were lost by clients who
|
||
kept buying Marconi, even though it was falling and falling, because they
|
||
engaged in bargain hunting. It had been horrible to see the losses our most
|
||
valuable clients endured simply because they did not want to admit they
|
||
were on the wrong side of a bad share.
|
||
I said to him: “From a trader’s perspective, you are engaging in a very
|
||
dangerous activity. If you buy Northern Rock now, it will be very difficult
|
||
for you to have a meaningful stop-loss. You are essentially trying to catch
|
||
the falling knife. You talk as if Northern Rock is the only bank in the world
|
||
worth investing in.
|
||
“You talk about Northern Rock as if it couldn’t go bust. You talk about it as
|
||
if the fact that it is 200 years old means that things couldn’t get worse
|
||
before they get better. You even said it yourself: Northern Rock is too big to
|
||
fail. It means you are already to some extent aware of the danger here.” I
|
||
asked him if he remembered Barings Bank. He did.
|
||
“There is a second reason why I don’t think it’s a good idea you buy
|
||
Northern Rock,” I continued. “Let’s say you are fortunate enough to witness
|
||
a turnaround in the fortunes of Northern Rock. You will have trained your
|
||
mind to think that it is perfectly okay to buy into things that are falling. This
|
||
works perfectly in a supermarket. Toilet paper has a practical use. Soap has
|
||
a practical use, so when you are provided with an opportunity to purchase
|
||
these items at a 50% discount, you should do it.
|
||
“However, to believe that the financial markets offer discounts akin to what
|
||
you’re seeing in a supermarket is ludicrous. The financial markets are not a
|
||
supermarket with special offers.”
|
||
Eventually Northern Rock went bust. The British government had to
|
||
guarantee customers’ savings. That didn’t stop panic scenes as people
|
||
queued up to get their money out.
|
||
THINKING RIGHT
|
||
As you read this anecdote, you might think it could never happen to you.
|
||
Perhaps you are right. I am not going to suggest otherwise, but I would like
|
||
to ask you a simple question.
|
||
Imagine you have two investments, Investment A and Investment B. Each
|
||
investment had equal starting value of $100,000.
|
||
Investment A is doing well. It is up 50%.
|
||
Investment B on the other hand is not performing. It is down 50%.
|
||
You are now in a situation where you need $50,000. What do you do?
|
||
1. Close a third of Investment A to raise $50,000?
|
||
2. Close investment B to raise $50,000?
|
||
When I asked this question to a group of investors at a conference in
|
||
Copenhagen recently, the overwhelming majority opted for option 1. They
|
||
would close enough of investment A to raise the $50,000.
|
||
Why do you think that is? Why do you think people close the investment
|
||
that is doing well?
|
||
My theory is it all boils doing to how people react to taking a loss. Are they
|
||
able to take a loss and move on? Or are they so averse to taking a loss
|
||
because as long as the position is open, there is hope it will come good
|
||
again?
|
||
Of course, it is impossible to say exactly how you would react in this
|
||
situation, but I don’t have to rely on fictitious examples to get an answer. If
|
||
you recall the chapter where I spoke about the 43 million trades executed by
|
||
25,000 traders, you will remember that those traders lost more on their
|
||
losing trades than they won on their winning trades.
|
||
Emotionally, a loss is clearly felt much harder than a win. Otherwise, there
|
||
would be no reason for this anomaly. Human beings postpone making
|
||
decisions that will cause pain. It is the reason why we let losing trades run.
|
||
We want the instant gratification, but we want to delay the pain. Hope dies
|
||
last. As long as the losing position is open, there is hope.
|
||
THE JUNKIE AND THE CEO
|
||
I use an analogy to illustrate the concept I have just explained: it is akin to
|
||
firing the CEO of a successful Fortune 500 company and betting your
|
||
money on the junkie turning his life around.
|
||
Crude? Yes. The junkie might turn his life around, but I think the odds of
|
||
the CEO continuing his successful run are higher than those of the junkie
|
||
turning a corner for the better.
|
||
That is why I am arguing that trading is so much more than technical
|
||
analysis. That is why I am arguing that we need to learn to handle losses a
|
||
lot better than the general population does, because they handle them very
|
||
poorly, and as a result they are generally unable to make money from
|
||
speculation.
|
||
CONTROL YOUR MIND – CONTROL
|
||
YOUR FUTURE
|
||
I am not a masochist. Nothing could be further from the truth. If I do tend to
|
||
dwell on pain, it is more a reflection of pain’s role in the context of trading
|
||
profitably. What I’m attempting to do is a difficult endeavour. I’m trying to
|
||
explain why 90% of all people fail in achieving their hopes and dreams
|
||
when it comes to trading.
|
||
When so many people commit the same mistakes over and over, there must
|
||
be a deeper meaning that has yet to be uncovered. Naturally I’m hoping that
|
||
by now you will have a much greater understanding of what it is that is
|
||
going wrong.
|
||
My own motto is: control your mind – control your future. Doing so
|
||
requires constant vigilance. You have to own your life. If you don’t own it,
|
||
you are not the boss. You have to take full responsibility for everything that
|
||
you do.
|
||
You must be the master of your own kingdom. You can’t walk through life
|
||
with your eyes half shut. You have to walk through life with your eyes fully
|
||
open. You have to know what you are getting into – be prepared. You have
|
||
to take possession of your life.
|
||
This is a thought process you have to constantly reaffirm. Our minds tend to
|
||
drift. There are so many distractions in life, so much superficial noise that
|
||
doesn’t bring substance but that our brains are attracted to nonetheless. The
|
||
brain would rather look at Facebook and YouTube than sit in quiet
|
||
contemplation.
|
||
The drifter brain needs to be controlled through daily vigilance, whether it
|
||
be through a mantra or meditation or whatever you decide suits you best. As
|
||
a famous doctor once said when asked what exercise is best for us humans:
|
||
“It’s the one you do”. It doesn’t matter whether you meditate or write a
|
||
diary or do whatever other practice you choose to centre yourself, so long
|
||
as you do it.
|
||
There needs to be a regular time in your day where you remind yourself of
|
||
your purpose, of who you are. The world is full of temptations that distort a
|
||
healthy self image. The temptations take us away from who we are by
|
||
telling us that who we are is not enough.
|
||
But you are enough.
|
||
Being a good trader really has little to do with tools and charts. It has a lot
|
||
to do with fighting our humanness. If you really want to trade the markets
|
||
using leverage, engaging in high-octane speculation, you have to learn to
|
||
desensitise your normal emotional response mechanism to fear, greed and
|
||
other delightful human reactions. You have to fight your humanness.
|
||
DISGUST
|
||
MANY YEARS AGO, when I was just a young man, I had a girlfriend. She was my
|
||
first real girlfriend, and I was her first real boyfriend. We were young, and
|
||
we were very much in love.
|
||
My girlfriend was a little round bodily, which I found very attractive. She,
|
||
however, did not like her body image, so she began to diet. She had dieted
|
||
before, but had always failed to sustain a weight loss plan. Now she was in
|
||
love, and her motivation shifted into another gear. The weight loss became
|
||
quite dramatic, and it led me and her family down a path that pains me to
|
||
write about.
|
||
Anorexia is a serious psychiatric disorder, but (and forgive me for using a
|
||
tragic story to illustrate a point about behavioural change) it is an
|
||
interesting motivational phenomenon.
|
||
We are hardwired to eat. We need no training to eat. Yet somehow this
|
||
hardwired pattern is overridden by a social motivation: the desire not to be
|
||
overweight. This force, this motivation, is so strong in patients with an
|
||
eating disorder that it proves to be impervious to both medical and
|
||
psychological treatment.
|
||
What is the basis for this powerful motivation? It isn’t chanting, and it isn’t
|
||
positive self-talk. As I understand it, my girlfriend was motivated by love,
|
||
but more importantly by disgust. She was disgusted by anything that looked
|
||
and felt fat and overweight. This force was so strong it could disrupt her
|
||
hardwired pattern of eating food.
|
||
As humans we are driven forward by forces. Those forces can be born out
|
||
of a desire to move away from something, or they can be born out of a
|
||
desire to move towards something. I happen to be a person who is primarily
|
||
motivated to move away from something.
|
||
I grew up in a wealthy part of Denmark, and I attended a school for the
|
||
well-to-do. Then my parents divorced, and I went from living in a big house
|
||
with an enormous garden to living in a one-bedroom flat, where my father
|
||
would sleep on a pull-out sofa bed in the living room.
|
||
I was a young boy at a time when all my school friends wore Levi’s denims
|
||
and Lacoste shirts. There was no money for that in my life, and it created a
|
||
sense of inferiority in me.
|
||
As soon as I was old enough, I started taking afterschool jobs in order to
|
||
earn money. What did I spend it on? You guessed it. Brand clothes.
|
||
I also became a prolific hoarder of money, a saver, if you like. I took great
|
||
pride in depositing my wage cheques in the bank and seeing my account
|
||
balance grow. I moved away from poverty.
|
||
In my belief system and in my experience, away-oriented goal setting is a
|
||
much stronger motivational force than towards-oriented, but I accept that
|
||
this is an individual preference. You can test for yourself where your
|
||
preference lies, using a simplistic scenario. What would compel you to lose
|
||
weight more: a picture of you in perfect shape or a picture of you where you
|
||
are obese?
|
||
I asked my circle of friends what they would prefer, and all agreed that they
|
||
would find the obese picture a stronger motivator than the perfect picture,
|
||
although a few did comment that they would probably still like to have
|
||
both. Fair point.
|
||
I believe that disgust is a much stronger emotion than joy or happiness. We
|
||
all have reasons to be happy every day, but we tend to forget that. However,
|
||
disgust is not something we are likely to forget.
|
||
You won’t forget the rotten milk you drank by mistake, nor will you forget
|
||
the client of yours who had such repugnant breath that you nearly threw up.
|
||
Ed Seykota once said that everybody gets what they want from the markets.
|
||
When I read that, I dismissed it. I wanted to win, but I wasn’t winning, so I
|
||
clearly wasn’t getting what I wanted. End of story.
|
||
It annoyed me that he had said that. The thought of never being able to trade
|
||
profitably consumed me. I had spent so much time studying, researching,
|
||
testing, formulating plans, calculating ratios that I really didn’t know what
|
||
more I could do.
|
||
If you look around in your life, you are likely to be able to find examples of
|
||
dramatic changes induced by disgust. What gets a person to finally commit
|
||
to a goal is reaching the point of disgust. I got disgusted with my trading
|
||
over a long period of time. The pattern was always the same:
|
||
1. Trade like a wizard.
|
||
2. Become over-confident.
|
||
3. Blow up the account.
|
||
I became so sick of it. Positive intentions, sticky notes with mantras on my
|
||
trading monitor, and self-help exercises don’t possess nearly the
|
||
motivational force of physical disgust with oneself.
|
||
If disgust can turn eating into a behaviour to be avoided, and if disgust can
|
||
turn an alcoholic’s drinking into a thing of the past, then disgust can also
|
||
turn you into the trader you would be proud of looking at in the mirror.
|
||
I am sorry if I have shocked you. Those of you who know me well will
|
||
probably be taken back by my extreme steps to ensure my pattern of
|
||
behaviour in the trading arena is exemplary.
|
||
I am not going back to the rollercoaster ride I was on in my early trading
|
||
days. I was so disgusted with the amount of money I lost. It was
|
||
embarrassing.
|
||
We are most apt to change a pattern once we become truly disgusted by it.
|
||
Would you continue to do business with someone who violated your trust
|
||
and stole money from you? No, you’d become so disgusted with such a
|
||
dishonest character that you would cut all ties with them.
|
||
Well, that person is you when your own patterns violate your contract with
|
||
yourself and cause you to lose money consistently. Once you become truly
|
||
disgusted with your own patterns, you’ll shun them altogether.
|
||
A trader is losing and continues to lose because he doesn’t want to change.
|
||
Change is hard work. I began plotting my trades on the chart when the day
|
||
was over. I put a marker where my entry was and where my exit was. It was
|
||
horrible. It was like incriminating yourself over and over. I was disgusted
|
||
with my recklessness.
|
||
I had to face up to the fact that I was actually an awful trader. I was like the
|
||
guy who could recite the entire technical analysis syllabus for the Master
|
||
Technician exam, but I could not stop myself from
|
||
1. Overtrading out of boredom.
|
||
2. Overtrading out of anger and a desire to get revenge.
|
||
3. Impatient trading – jumping the gun.
|
||
4. Trading against the trend – trying to catch the low of the day.
|
||
5. Fearful trading – by cutting my winners short out of fear the profit
|
||
would disappear.
|
||
6. Constantly averaging in lower and lower – i.e., adding to losing
|
||
trades.
|
||
ALCOHOL
|
||
When you are a successful trader, you make good money. My friend and
|
||
trader mentor Larry Pesavento instilled in me the passion for passing on.
|
||
Larry himself is an inspiring trader, but his passion for helping others is
|
||
equally admirable.
|
||
One project I support is to help people dealing with alcohol issues. I do so
|
||
by offering anyone who sincerely desires to quit drinking a book that helped
|
||
me truly understand the nature of the addiction trap.
|
||
I developed a drinking problem in the aftermath of a painful breakup. I
|
||
drank to forget. I was in love. I was a fool. She left me. I started drinking.
|
||
The problem was that I didn’t seem to be able to stop myself from drinking.
|
||
This carried on for many months. I could not stop myself from drinking, so
|
||
I sought out help. I remember vividly standing up at an Alcoholics
|
||
Anonymous (AA) meeting saying, “My name is Tom Hougaard. I am an
|
||
alcoholic.”
|
||
It was horrible, but at the same time it was relieving. I felt like a fraud. I felt
|
||
there was inconsistency in my life. I was outwardly a success. I had two
|
||
cars. One was a luxury SUV, the other an Audi R8. I lived in a nice part of
|
||
town, overlooking the sea. What did I have to be unhappy about? Well, for
|
||
one, I had no control over myself and my drinking.
|
||
Standing at an AA meeting is like being stripped naked for the whole world
|
||
to see. They see your fat ass, your tiny willy, your saggy boobs, your
|
||
cellulite, your scars, your spots, your pimples, your swellings, your bald
|
||
head and whatever bodily imperfections you can imagine. It is absolutely
|
||
everything you don’t want, and you have a hall full of eyes watching you.
|
||
But by the end of the exercise you realise the truth. You break yourself
|
||
down so that you can survive, so that you can be reborn as the person that
|
||
you really want to be. A fresh start. Vanity thrown on the rubbish pile. Clean
|
||
canvas. Here I am. This is me.
|
||
The walls are ready to be decorated however you want. Exactly the same
|
||
model is used to train elite soldiers. They are pushed beyond their breaking
|
||
point. Then they are put back together again, stronger, wiser and with an
|
||
unshakable faith in their own strength, their own abilities and their
|
||
determination to get a job done – no matter what.
|
||
No one in their right mind enjoys exposing themselves like this. It is why
|
||
we get defensive. It is why we fight our corner. Our identity is being
|
||
questioned. Call it ego, call it identity, call it what you want, but no one
|
||
likes having their intelligence questioned. It is a lot less painful to continue
|
||
down the known path than to stop, evaluate, and turn around.
|
||
There is only a slight, nagging pain when you choose to continue down the
|
||
known path, and you can soothe your inner pain by reminding yourself that
|
||
you are not alone. There is power in numbers, even when everyone is
|
||
wrong. But you soon find yourself being disgusted by your own lack of
|
||
progress, your own inability to stop the behaviour that is troubling you.
|
||
Attending AA meetings was rock bottom for me. I evaluated. I got honest
|
||
with myself. The pain was relentless because everything was new, and I felt
|
||
naked, very alone and exposed.
|
||
And yet, that is power! There is power in being honest. There is power in
|
||
standing up and saying to the world and yourself: “This is who I am, and I
|
||
don’t like it! In fact I hate it. I am embarrassed by it, but it is what it is. It is
|
||
a clean slate. It is a fresh start. It is like a forest fire. It clears the debris.
|
||
New growth can start.”
|
||
I have not touched alcohol for six years and I know I never will. It wasn’t
|
||
the AA that finally helped me; it was healthy living advocate Jason Vale. I
|
||
have never met the man, but I want to thank him for setting my life on a
|
||
good path. I am certain that no one has bought more copies of his book
|
||
about alcohol dependency than I have. I send them to people all over the
|
||
world.
|
||
Jason describes better than anyone the trap of alcohol. Reading his book
|
||
helped me understand the nature of addiction on an entirely different level,
|
||
and I found it easy to stop drinking from day one!
|
||
You may ask what this has to do with trading. Rightly so. The answer is
|
||
simple: if you have some trading experience, and it is not turning out to be
|
||
how you want it to be, you have a choice. You can carry on, thinking that
|
||
things will change. I can tell you they won’t, but you will probably not
|
||
listen to me.
|
||
Or you can take my advice. You did after all make it all the way to this
|
||
section of the book, so maybe there is room for improvement. You can strip
|
||
yourself naked (metaphorically speaking), and get honest with yourself.
|
||
You can stop trading, and start reviewing. You can begin to understand what
|
||
it is you are consistently doing that causes you not to make money trading.
|
||
Take yourself apart, clean up the process, take on board my guidance for the
|
||
mental side of trading, put yourself back together again, fund a small
|
||
account and start with an entirely fresh mindset and approach.
|
||
THE DRIFTER MIND
|
||
HOW OUR MINDS work is fascinating. The brain can be our best friend or our
|
||
worst enemy. When I give talks in public, my own life mantra is written on
|
||
virtually every PowerPoint page of any presentation I give.
|
||
Control your mind – control your future.
|
||
You have to want to do what you do. You can live a life that is authentic to
|
||
your soul, or you can live the life you think people want you to live.
|
||
You can be authentic and own your life and take responsibility for
|
||
everything you do. If you don’t take ownership of your life, you are not the
|
||
boss. You have to take full responsibility for everything that you do.
|
||
Why would you live life any other way?
|
||
Why be subservient? You must be the master of your own kingdom. But
|
||
brace yourself. You will be forced to make many difficult decisions, and
|
||
you cannot count on your mind to back you up if your determination
|
||
wanders a little.
|
||
You can’t just walk through your life with your eyes half open. You have to
|
||
know where you are going. You have to take possession of your life. It
|
||
would be nice if you could rely on your friends and family, but when it
|
||
comes to your life’s journey, you are on your own. It is your responsibility.
|
||
Part of that journey, including your trading journey, is to discover your
|
||
weaknesses. You have to know where your mind lets you down. For the
|
||
vast majority of people in the world, this will include their mind’s tendency
|
||
to wander.
|
||
You see, all of us know what to do. All of us have the knowledge to do what
|
||
needs to be done, but the path from knowledge to action, where we
|
||
implement our knowledge, is elusive for many people in many areas of their
|
||
lives.
|
||
Your mind will drift. This is unfortunate but perfectly natural. The solution
|
||
is trivial, and it is powerful. You have to constantly reaffirm your purpose.
|
||
Whether you meditate or talk to yourself while you brush your teeth in the
|
||
morning, there needs to be some period in your day when you remember
|
||
your purpose. There must be a time to remind yourself where you want to
|
||
go, what you want to do.
|
||
One thing I can’t always rely on is my ability to act in my own best self-
|
||
interest. My mind needs constant guidance and direction. I don’t know why
|
||
that is, but it is. I suspect the majority of the population of the planet is put
|
||
together like I am. They just haven’t realised it yet, so they drift through
|
||
life, rather than taking charge. This doesn’t mean they can’t be financially
|
||
successful, but wouldn’t it be nice to be both financially and spiritually
|
||
fulfilled? Your job after all is that thing that you do the most, outside of
|
||
sleeping.
|
||
I am a professional trader. I cannot afford to go into the trading ring without
|
||
being 100% mentally prepared. My profession is a mind game like nothing
|
||
else. If I want to win, I have to focus on what is important now. So Ed
|
||
Seykota was right, much to my chagrin. I did get what I deserved, because I
|
||
was only good at one part of the game. I was good at the technical part.
|
||
I don’t like this metaphor, but being good at the technical part of trading is
|
||
like being good at putting together a sniper rifle; what good does that do
|
||
you when you go into combat and you don’t know how to handle yourself?
|
||
I actively take control of my inner world. I have to give myself enough
|
||
confidence to reassure myself that I have enough to go out and kick ass in
|
||
the markets every day.
|
||
To make that challenge even more real, I post my trades for the world to
|
||
see. I have never consciously thought about why I do that, until someone
|
||
recently asked me. I realised that I do it because it keeps me accountable. It
|
||
keeps me focused.
|
||
I have been as lost as they come. I tell you that not to inspire you to get lost,
|
||
nor to evoke sympathy, nor to tell a tale of rags-to-riches, but to make sure
|
||
you understand that exposing your weaknesses will be a good thing.
|
||
Your mind is a tool. If you let it delude you into thinking all is well, you
|
||
will not get the success you want in trading or in life.
|
||
Losing and failing might be a knock to the ego, but it is rocket fuel for
|
||
growth. It sounds like I am trying to write a self-help manual for
|
||
procrastination, a bestselling inspirational book. But I am describing
|
||
honesty. When you are honest with yourself, in the company of yourself, or
|
||
on a podium in front of 40 alcoholics, or whatever the setting may be, you
|
||
just took a step that 99% of the population don’t ever contemplate taking.
|
||
You already started the journey to winning.
|
||
So, the journey starts with technical knowledge acquisition and continues
|
||
indefinitely with the constant evolution of both the technical and mental
|
||
training.
|
||
Technical training is part of my day-to-day job, but the mental part needs
|
||
more dedicated focus, otherwise it gets lost in the noise of the outside
|
||
world. I need dedicated time to give that brain of mine a workout.
|
||
I want to show you one of the mental warmup images that I go through
|
||
before the trading day starts. It gives me the visual evidence I need to act in
|
||
a manner that is aligned with what I am trying to achieve.
|
||
This example happened a while ago, but it could happen any day of the
|
||
week if I don’t mentally prepare myself. Figure 23 tells the tale in all its
|
||
glory.
|
||
Figure 23
|
||
I short a double top off the open. I am so certain that my research is right.
|
||
The market will fall.
|
||
I don’t have a problem with the first short position. I have a problem with
|
||
the four subsequent ones. I could even forgive myself for the last one,
|
||
because at least I am shorting weakness. This is unstructured and
|
||
undisciplined trading. I don’t care how certain I am of something
|
||
happening. If it isn’t happening, don’t pursue it as if it is. Showing you is so
|
||
embarrassing!
|
||
This is part of my preparation. It has been the most useful tool to build
|
||
mental stamina and discipline. It reminds me of everything that is weak in
|
||
me. It reminds me of how my mind, if left unchecked and untrained, will go
|
||
on a rampage to seek excitement and gratification.
|
||
One of the best ways to increase profits is to use goalsetting and
|
||
visualisations to align the conscious and subconscious with making profits.
|
||
I use fear to achieve my goals. I imagine trading a size which even in my
|
||
mind makes me uncomfortable.
|
||
I sit quietly in my bed or in my office. The world is quiet, and if it isn’t, I
|
||
stick a pair of earplugs in my ears. I imagine I am trading, and the market is
|
||
moving against me. I see myself cut the loss.
|
||
I imagine I bought the XYZ, and I see it going my way. I feel the brain
|
||
sending me signals to close the position to crystallise the profit. I see myself
|
||
doing nothing, as I continue to watch the profit increase and decrease.
|
||
I see a big profit turn into a small profit. I smile and accept it, and I move
|
||
on, telling myself it is okay. I place my brain under as much stress as I can
|
||
with imagined scenarios. I am long and the market is going my way, and a
|
||
sudden news story breaks the market.
|
||
I observe my fear shooting through the roof as my P&L turns into a
|
||
bloodbath. I see myself closing the positions and going in the opposite
|
||
direction. I see myself not getting unhinged just because the market is
|
||
moving against me.
|
||
I cannot guarantee that this approach will work for everyone. Perhaps you
|
||
think it is brilliant, or at least could be useful after a few personal tweaks. It
|
||
works for me because I learn visually. I get the message when I see it
|
||
visually. If you tell me not to trade against the trend, it will not mean any
|
||
more to me than when a cat meows. But show me a chart with my trades
|
||
plotted on, with me trading against the trend (better yet, show me
|
||
repeatedly), and I get the message.
|
||
This is my therapy. This is like seeing a psychologist every morning. I get
|
||
fired up. The therapist expands my mind and my horizon. The goal is to
|
||
remind myself of what behaviour I want to enact. It is about making
|
||
changes and keeping the changes.
|
||
So what makes me think this will work for you? Behaviour is patterned.
|
||
How we think, feel, and act has a pattern to it, and that patterning is what
|
||
makes us who we are. The sum total of our patterns is our personality.
|
||
Sometimes our patterns interfere with our goals and dreams in life. They
|
||
prevent us from being who we want to be or accomplishing what we want
|
||
to accomplish. We are sometimes our own worst enemy, and we seemingly
|
||
can’t stop ourselves when we are in the moment.
|
||
A person can know very well that they have anger issues, and yet be unable
|
||
to prevent themself from lashing out. Another might have eating issues, and
|
||
yet can’t exercise the needed restraint in the moment of eating.
|
||
A trader is fighting the trend all day and his account is suffering, but he
|
||
can’t stop himself. He is simply incapable of turning his position and trade
|
||
in the direction of the trend. Only afterwards is he disgusted with himself.
|
||
The purpose of my warm-up is not to take away everything that is bad in
|
||
our lives in one swift move. The purpose is not to guarantee I won’t mess
|
||
up. The purpose is to focus on what I want to achieve or become, while
|
||
being mindful of the things that will most certainly sabotage my goals.
|
||
The wonderful part is that I am almost certainly guaranteed success if I
|
||
avoid the failures. I was guaranteed success with my weight goal if I could
|
||
cut out all the Coca-Cola I drank. I just had to be mindful of that, and the
|
||
pounds began to come off. I didn’t have to do anything else.
|
||
I don’t have to be certain that my trade is going to work out. I just have to
|
||
be aware that my mind wants to do things that are not in my own best
|
||
interest. So, I don’t add to my losing trades. That in itself means I just need
|
||
to be mindful of the one variable I can control.
|
||
My action in the morning is about changing the patterns that do not serve
|
||
me. This started by observing another very successful trader and asking
|
||
myself what was holding me back from becoming him.
|
||
My technical abilities were just as good as his. I don’t think he was
|
||
financially much better off than I was, but he was seemingly fearless. How
|
||
could I become fearless in trading? Did I even want to be fearless?
|
||
I came to the conclusion that the trader I wanted to become was patient but
|
||
aggressive when the time was right. It was like Federer playing in the
|
||
Wimbledon final in 2007: he was patient until just the right moment, and
|
||
then played with focused aggression.
|
||
After that it was a question of reminding myself of that goal every day, and
|
||
several times a day if necessary. That is how habits are built: through
|
||
repetition.
|
||
As I grow wiser to the ways of life, I realise that there is a lot of truth to
|
||
John Lennon’s words, “Life is what happens to you while you’re busy
|
||
making other plans.” We become so engaged in our day-to-day life, with
|
||
responsibilities at work and home, that the big picture of our lives stays in
|
||
the background.
|
||
Day after day, year after year we busy ourselves with work and routines,
|
||
only to realise later in life that opportunities have passed us by. So, the first
|
||
question to address in a change process is: “What do you want to change?”
|
||
Or, stated otherwise: “How would you like your life to be different?”
|
||
My answer? I want to dedicate time to trading well, to combat my natural
|
||
inclinations that stand between me and successful trading. I want to prepare
|
||
my mind every morning through a series of meditations and visual
|
||
exercises.
|
||
To achieve this I will train my mind to act calmly through visualising
|
||
myself in difficult situations. I will focus on my breath. I will calmly put
|
||
myself through stressful situations to ensure I would react how I want to
|
||
react if the circumstances were real.
|
||
Making changes entails far more than simply engaging in positive thinking
|
||
or getting positive images in your head. I didn’t want positive images. I
|
||
wanted a portrait of the dire hell I would reside in if I didn’t change. This
|
||
may seem like a negative state of being, but it really isn’t. It is immensely
|
||
positive, albeit a rather tense way of getting what you want.
|
||
As the saying goes: “The end justifies the means.” I have turned
|
||
conventional thinking on its head. I do so because I know what compels me
|
||
more. Roses don’t compel me. Thorns compel me to action.
|
||
Consider the market itself. It is not so unlike us in its behaviour (because
|
||
we are the market). It climbs the wall of worry, but it slides down the slope
|
||
of hope. It might be a Wall Street saying, but it says a whole lot more about
|
||
humans than it says about the markets. All I have done is used fear and
|
||
disgust as my protagonist – my major motivator.
|
||
GETTING BACK IN THE GAME
|
||
I was surfing in a town outside Biarritz, France, in 1996. I was literally in
|
||
over my head. The waves were twice as big as anything I had ever handled
|
||
before. I tried to drop in a few times, but the waves were too fast, and the
|
||
lip was so steep.
|
||
Finally, I got myself positioned for a wave, but I was too far into the impact
|
||
zone, and instead of gliding into the energy path of the wave, it literally
|
||
knocked me out. I just remember everything going black. Luckily for me
|
||
someone spotted me and pulled me out of the water. Eight lives left.
|
||
I was back in the water that afternoon. I was too stupid and ignorant to
|
||
consider what had happened. Ignorance is bliss. It is only now that I can
|
||
appreciate my behaviour. Sure, you took a hit, but you are okay. Do you
|
||
want to sit on the beach and mope all day or do you want to get back in the
|
||
game?
|
||
Here’s an example illustrating the importance of getting back in the game.
|
||
I am writing this the day after a particularly challenging and volatile trading
|
||
session. It was one of those days that will stick in your my mind for reasons
|
||
that will shortly become apparent.
|
||
Over the last week oil has dictated the mood of the stock indices. Naturally,
|
||
I expected to see the same behaviour on Friday. The Dow started off with a
|
||
200-point rally at the open.
|
||
However, 30 minutes into the trading session, it seemed to lose momentum.
|
||
Oil on the other hand was in full-blown panic. I started shorting Dow,
|
||
expecting it to follow oil.
|
||
In Figure 24, Dow is on the left, and oil is on the right. Both are five-minute
|
||
charts, and both show the entirety of the trading session from about noon
|
||
until late evening.
|
||
Figure 24
|
||
I expected the Dow to follow oil, and it did, but not for long. It seemed to
|
||
pause, as if it suddenly had a mind of its own. By mid-afternoon oil had
|
||
dropped almost $2 – more than 5% – in little over an hour. The Dow,
|
||
however, wasn’t moving lower with it. It held. I took my Dow short
|
||
position off with a loss, and I reversed to long.
|
||
As soon as I had done that, the Dow dropped 50 points, and oil dropped
|
||
even lower. I began to wonder if I had simply been too quick to reverse my
|
||
position, and I decided to close my long position. By now I was convinced
|
||
the Dow had merely delayed its inevitable fall. I went short again. In
|
||
hindsight that turned out to be near the low of the day (after the open).
|
||
Just 15 minutes later the Dow made new highs for the day. I closed my
|
||
short position and scratched my head. I had gone short at the first low and I
|
||
had closed at the second high. I had gone long at the second high, and I had
|
||
closed at the second low. I had gone short at the second low, and I had just
|
||
stopped myself out at the new highs for the day.
|
||
I took a moment to reflect. Was I trading with a plan? Was I betting on a
|
||
relationship between oil and the Dow Index that might not be there
|
||
anymore?
|
||
Just then my best trader friend called, and we spoke briefly. I said to him,
|
||
“What does it mean when the Dow makes new highs on a Friday evening,
|
||
even though oil is plummeting?”
|
||
Saying it out loud helped me to get some perspective. It was the last day of
|
||
the month, which often brings aggressive buying or selling in the market.
|
||
Remember it was also a Friday, which has a tendency to bring about trend
|
||
days. I started buying, reluctantly. The market went higher. I bought some
|
||
more, careful to move the stop-loss up as the markets moved higher. I kept
|
||
an eye on oil. It was recovering nicely.
|
||
With 60 minutes to go (and no dinner), the Dow made a new high for the
|
||
day; and I know from my statistics that you should not short a market that
|
||
makes new highs for the day in the final hour.
|
||
By then I began to add more to my position. I was now betting on a classic
|
||
trend day finish. On those days the market closes right at the high tick of
|
||
the day.
|
||
It would have been easy to throw in the towel after the three failed attempts
|
||
to get on board a move in the market. The effect would have been the same
|
||
as stopping the game of throwing coins just because you have had three of a
|
||
kind in a row.
|
||
I hear about people who stop trading because they have three losing trades
|
||
in a row. That is a flawed approach if you understand the markets. If you
|
||
are ill, or you are weighed down by emotional circumstances, then you stop
|
||
trading. If you are otherwise able, you don’t stop trading just because you
|
||
have lost three times in a row.
|
||
As I type this, I look back at my trading before the Friday. I had lost on
|
||
every other day that week. It is rare, but I had four losing days in a row. I
|
||
don’t even remember when that last happened.
|
||
In the movie Floored, the trader Greg Riba puts it so elegantly, albeit in his
|
||
own way:
|
||
I swear to god that 99% still don’t get it. When they are winning, they
|
||
start betting less. Bet more. I mean, if there is one roll that you can
|
||
make a hundred thousand dollars on, let it ride. If you roll three sixes
|
||
in a row, let it ride. Let the winners ride.
|
||
Greg Riba should know. He was said to be one of the best S&P 500 futures
|
||
pit traders ever. Why do people bet less when they are winning and bet
|
||
more when they are losing?
|
||
Fear.
|
||
TRADING THROUGH A SLUMP
|
||
I HAVE A FRIEND who was suicidal because of the losses he sustained. He called
|
||
me to say that he was standing at a railroad bridge. I don’t think it was his
|
||
intention to end his life. I think he needed someone to talk to.
|
||
Some would argue that a chapter of this nature does not belong in a trading
|
||
book. I think people who have lost significant amounts of money will find it
|
||
reassuring that the focus isn’t one-sided.
|
||
Either way, while I have plenty of positive memories from my trading
|
||
career, I also have memories that can only be described as dark.
|
||
I had a friend called Adam. I no longer know of his whereabouts. He owes
|
||
me £20,000 – money I doubt I will ever see. Adam was a brilliant trader.
|
||
Absolutely brilliant. Until it all unravelled for him.
|
||
Adam and his brother worked on the factory floor for their father’s thriving
|
||
business. During the 1990s Adam became interested in trading. Over the
|
||
ensuing years he developed a system for trading stock indices using a 30-
|
||
minute chart. He told me it was inspired in part by George Taylor’s book
|
||
The Taylor Trading Technique.
|
||
It was a simple but very effective strategy. It required Adam to check the
|
||
charts every 30 minutes, and if the parameters were right he would execute
|
||
a trade. Otherwise he would leave it alone until the next 30-minute period
|
||
was up, at which point he would check the charts again.
|
||
Adam became so adept at trading the 30-minute chart that he soon made
|
||
much more money trading than he did managing his father’s factory. He
|
||
decided to sell his share of the factory to his brother and focus all his energy
|
||
on trading. Adam did well. Really well.
|
||
I traded with Adam on many occasions in my house or online. He possessed
|
||
a supernatural patience. I have personally never seen a person stare at a
|
||
screen from the open of the US market to the close of the US market and
|
||
not trade once. Yet that was the norm for Adam if there was no signal.
|
||
Amazing patience.
|
||
I believe that Adam’s patience and pattern-reading ability made him the
|
||
supertrader that he was. He lived the life of the supertrader too. He ordered
|
||
a custom-built house. He travelled first class to exotic holiday destinations
|
||
with his loving wife and children.
|
||
However, all supertraders will go through bumpy terrain at some point or
|
||
another. It is not a question of if it will happen – because it will – but a
|
||
question of how badly it will affect them when it inevitably does.
|
||
For Adam the bumpy road caused him to lose everything. His trading
|
||
account, his wife and his house. I stepped in when Adam was living on the
|
||
streets in Manchester, suicidal and penniless. I did what I could – but Adam
|
||
didn’t want my help, and I lost contact with him.
|
||
It started with a bad loss, and it escalated into a complete blow-out. Adam
|
||
had seen a pattern on a Friday night, and he had gone maximum short the
|
||
market. At the close he was well in the money, and he decided to keep the
|
||
position over the weekend.
|
||
Unfortunately for Adam, this was the weekend when the American special
|
||
forces finally captured Saddam Hussein. The financial markets cheered at
|
||
the good news. I guess naïvely they thought that the Middle East powder
|
||
keg would settle down once Saddam had been captured. That Sunday night
|
||
the American markets opened limit up!
|
||
Limit up is a situation where the market is unable to move any higher until
|
||
the stock market opens at 9.30 am in New York. Adam was short, but he
|
||
was unable to close his short position because when the market is limit up
|
||
you can’t buy, which is what you need to do to close a short position.
|
||
Adam was awake when the phone call came. It was his futures broker.
|
||
Adam was informed of his options: deposit more money on the account or
|
||
risk being closed out once the future market came out of limit up. Adam
|
||
didn’t have any available capital. It was a long night and a long day until
|
||
the market finally opened at 2.30 am (Adam lived in the UK).
|
||
The market opened and stocks soared. The broker liquidated his position
|
||
because he was in breach of the margin requirement. The account had stood
|
||
at close to £750,000. Now there was only £400,000 on the account.
|
||
You may say that £400,000 is also a decent pot of money to trade with, but
|
||
something short circuited in his mind. He saw the market soar that day, and
|
||
he saw his position being liquidated. Unfortunately, he also saw how the
|
||
market came all the way back to his entry point.
|
||
You see, once the good news had been digested by the market, there was a
|
||
feeling that this probably wasn’t such great news after all. The Dow Index
|
||
came all the way back, giving up all the gains for the day.
|
||
Adam felt the broker had cheated him. He felt as if he had been forced to
|
||
liquidate. He felt that the broker had acted too hastily. He tried to complain,
|
||
but his claim was rejected.
|
||
He then tried to make up for the lost money through trading, but his head
|
||
wasn’t right. He began to second guess his system and double up on trades.
|
||
Then his builder demanded payment for his house. Adam had paid a
|
||
deposit, but now he couldn’t make full and final payment. He lost the
|
||
deposit and the house.
|
||
Adam was unable to stop his own downfall. So was his family. He began a
|
||
pattern of lying and withholding information for his own gain. The last time
|
||
I heard from Adam was when he cheated me out of a fair sum of money,
|
||
only to disappear. I haven’t seen him since.
|
||
Sadly, this is not an isolated story. I have had to cut short a business trip
|
||
while working in the London because my boss called me back to the office.
|
||
There was a client in our reception crying his eyes out because he had lost
|
||
£750,000 trading forex. He was afraid to go home and tell his wife about it.
|
||
He begged my boss to lend him money so that he could trade again and
|
||
hopefully make the money back.
|
||
You may think that this individual lacks the moral fortitude to trade. You
|
||
may even think less of him because of his apparent lack of dignity. What if I
|
||
were to tell you that he was a renowned surgeon in a prestigious private
|
||
London clinic?
|
||
Education means very little in this industry. It doesn’t matter where you
|
||
went to school or what your day job is. If you don’t know how to handle a
|
||
losing trade, and then a winning trade, you will not go very far in this arena.
|
||
It is for this reason that I tell people to spend less time on technical analysis
|
||
and more time on self-analysis.
|
||
Successful trading can mean just making a good living. I got a message
|
||
from a close friend of mine. He trades full time. He has been doing it for 15
|
||
years and, unlike so many other hopefuls, managed to make a success of it.
|
||
He has made himself a good living over the years.
|
||
I don’t know many traders who like to talk about what they earn from their
|
||
trading. When I spoke to my friend about it, he told me he had made about
|
||
the same as if he had a well-paid managerial job in the City. However, he
|
||
had no commute, and he had time to be there for his children when they
|
||
came home from school.
|
||
To me, my friend is an example of a person who made trading work for
|
||
him. He had not made himself rich in the process, but he had paid the bills,
|
||
put food on the table for his family, taken them on holidays, and bought a
|
||
nice family car.
|
||
There seems to be an inclination to describe trading as the venue for making
|
||
untold riches. Yes, the potential is always there, but with bigger reward
|
||
comes bigger risk. You can’t catch big fish in shallow waters.
|
||
However, my friend was tiring from the long hours, and he called me to
|
||
talk. He asked me if I had ever had enough of the endless hours of watching
|
||
the screens.
|
||
I immediately responded, “No, and if you feel like that, you have to stop
|
||
trading and take a break from it all.” We spoke for a while that night on the
|
||
phone.
|
||
He told me that now that the kids were older, they wanted to hang out with
|
||
friends rather than their old dad. His wife worked full time too. It meant he
|
||
was often alone in the house from early morning until later afternoon, and it
|
||
began to bother him.
|
||
I helped him get a few job interviews and he secured himself a job as a
|
||
broker in London, on account of his in-depth understanding of the markets
|
||
and his ability to understand what clients are going through in their trading.
|
||
A fairly innocent story, I am sure you would argue; so why am I telling you
|
||
about my friend? Well, I am telling you the story for several reasons.
|
||
The first reason is that trading can be a very lonely business. It has never
|
||
bothered me, but I have the deepest of sympathy for those who feel lonely
|
||
while trading. I am not sociable, don’t drink or smoke, can’t stand watching
|
||
a football match (that excludes me from a lot of male social activities) and
|
||
prefer my own company; but even I like to pick up the phone from time to
|
||
time and just shoot the breeze with a friend.
|
||
When I worked in the City, I would at times stick my head into my boss’s
|
||
office, who always had a minute to say hi and catch up on life. If you one
|
||
day decide to make a go of trading full time, you may experience a twinge
|
||
of sadness that you no longer have the odd chat with a work colleague.
|
||
I recommend that you take a week or two’s holiday and try full-time trading
|
||
before you hand in your notice to your boss and begin your full-time online
|
||
trading job. It will give you a taster of what your day will look like.
|
||
The second reason I told you the story about my friend is to make sure you
|
||
realise that a pause from trading is not the end of trading. The markets will
|
||
always be there.
|
||
My friend will no doubt be back to trading full-time one day. In the
|
||
meantime, he is enjoying a new life where he is helping others achieve what
|
||
they want from trading.
|
||
The third reason I am telling you this story is because I would love to see
|
||
you succeed, but I think it is important you understand that trading may not
|
||
offer you the rainbow you had hoped for. But does it have to?
|
||
Could it not just offer you a good income, where you are working on your
|
||
own terms and perhaps doing something that you find immensely
|
||
interesting? Does it have to result in owning a beachfront property in
|
||
Barbados?
|
||
Sure, if you get there, I am happy for you, and you should be proud of
|
||
yourself. However, if you don’t get there, but you still manage to pay your
|
||
bills and put money aside for the sweet things in life as if you were the
|
||
recipient of a monthly pay cheque, then to me you have done what the 99%
|
||
of the population do not dare to do.
|
||
They dare not take a chance on their dreams. If you can make a living from
|
||
it, be it a decent living or a great living, then you really are something out
|
||
of the ordinary.
|
||
And trust me when I say that once you understand trading better, you will
|
||
also come to understand what makes you work optimally in the trading
|
||
arena, and that is when being a trader gets really fun.
|
||
Eight months ago, I went through a tough time. It happened during the
|
||
month of May. I started strongly, and then the wheels started falling off. I
|
||
was up some £200,000 on the month, and it started to unravel.
|
||
It started with a loss of £33,000. Often when I have a bad day, I will come
|
||
roaring back the day after, but I didn’t. I lost another £9,000 the day after.
|
||
Then came the weekend – not a moment too soon.
|
||
Monday started where Friday had left off, in spite of all my preparation and
|
||
introspection over the weekend. I lost another £38,000. Before the week
|
||
was over, I had lost more than 50% of the gains for the month.
|
||
More disturbingly, I felt completely lost. I had no idea why I was losing. I
|
||
wasn’t tired. I was sleeping well. I had no emotional issues that occupied
|
||
my focus. I was just not performing.
|
||
I have endured hard times before. Progress has at times been slow. Setbacks
|
||
have been frequent. Setbacks are always lurking. My goal is to stay in the
|
||
game until I don’t want to spend all my waking mental energy on the
|
||
markets.
|
||
As you can perhaps gather, this is a deeply personal journey for me. It is
|
||
often a mentally draining journey, where I feel I am not making any
|
||
progress. What made it worse for me was that a really good friend of mine –
|
||
also a trader, and probably the best private trader the world has never heard
|
||
of – was having a great run.
|
||
We have always been brutally honest with each other. I think therein lies the
|
||
strength of our friendship. I will tell him point blank, “I am jealous of you. I
|
||
feel bad that I am jealous of you, because you are my closest friend, and I
|
||
would give you my last dollar, but right now I am shooting blanks. I am
|
||
haemorrhaging money.”
|
||
I told him I had a huge position on. It was literally the biggest position I
|
||
have ever carried. Each point was worth £4,000. That equates to 400 FTSE
|
||
futures contracts. I was so certain the FTSE would fall.
|
||
I have seen the pattern so many times: big fall off the open – two to three
|
||
bars of five-minute duration of rebound – and then new lows.
|
||
But it didn’t. Not that day. It rallied. And he was long. I was short. It was
|
||
immensely painful. It took me to a place I didn’t want to visit. A place of
|
||
envy, resentment and despair.
|
||
“You know Tom, you are lucky.” My thoughts were interrupted by my
|
||
girlfriend. It was as if she knew what I was thinking. “Not everyone has
|
||
someone who is better than them, and who they stay up at night wondering
|
||
how to beat. Not everyone is Mozart versus Salieri. You should be happy.
|
||
So you lost. But what have you gained? Don’t you know that he feels the
|
||
same as you do? He desperately wants to beat you – for no other reason that
|
||
you bring out the best in each other.”
|
||
She carried on: “You know, my old professor Peele, I told you about him…
|
||
brilliant man. Do you know what made him brilliant? His colleague –
|
||
Professor Kyle – they were best friends and neither of them would ever
|
||
acknowledge that they were insanely jealous of each other, yet they were
|
||
the two most brilliant minds anyone could wish to learn from. You should
|
||
really count your blessings that you have someone who you so badly want
|
||
to beat. It is really not a curse. It is a blessing. What do you think would
|
||
happen if your idols stopped trading?”
|
||
If they stopped, I thought, who would I beat then? I always loved beating
|
||
my old high score, and I did today, in size; but she was right. I am not just
|
||
trading to make money; I am trading to push myself into those places where
|
||
I am not comfortable.
|
||
I was once in a restaurant in Porto Cristo, having dinner with my son. I
|
||
happened to look over my shoulder and I saw Rafa Nadal having a late
|
||
meal with his friends. It was great to witness a world-famous tennis star just
|
||
shooting the breeze with his old friends.
|
||
A few days later we visited his tennis academy. Rafa was training. It was
|
||
hot as Hell that day. He trained like his life depended on it. He was out
|
||
there pouring his heart out – in the blazing heat – just to get better.
|
||
Why do you think he was doing that? It is for the same reason that someone
|
||
like Matthew McConaughey – during his Oscar acceptance speech in 2014
|
||
– said, “There are three things that I need each day: one, I need something
|
||
to look up to; two, I need something to look forward to; three, I need
|
||
something to chase.”
|
||
I am writing this because I think being open about what drives us is healthy.
|
||
There will come a point in your career as a financial trader where you will
|
||
go through a slump. When it happens, it might serve you well to step back
|
||
and think deeply about why you are so drawn to this game.
|
||
And when it happens, I hope you will turn to these pages. I hope they will
|
||
remind you why you are doing what you are doing.
|
||
What my slump taught me was to slow down. If you do not slow down and
|
||
let the knowledge mature, then you will take a huge loss, which will dent
|
||
your confidence.
|
||
Not every trade is the World Cup final. Not every trading session is the final
|
||
exam of the final year, the culmination of four years of relentless studies.
|
||
Everyone has setbacks. Kobe. Rafa. Federer. You. Me.
|
||
And – all slumps end.
|
||
Slumps are inevitable. You are bearish and the market goes up. You are
|
||
bullish, the market goes down. It happens to us all. Every one of us.
|
||
Is there a key to escaping a slump? No.
|
||
Why should I throw old, worn clichés at you? Why should I tell you to stay
|
||
calm and work your way through it? Why don’t I just tell you that it is
|
||
horrible to go through, but it will end – if you persist?
|
||
I wrote this chapter over several weeks. When I started it, I was not in a
|
||
slump. Then the slump arrived, and I described it. As I type these words, I
|
||
have had a fantastic trading morning. Am I out of the slump? Who knows? I
|
||
do not know what I am doing differently to what I did when the slump set
|
||
in.
|
||
I am simply following the process I always follow. I am a process-oriented
|
||
trader. The markets determine the outcome. I have little control over that. I
|
||
have faith. I believe that my process will carry me through the highs and the
|
||
lows of trading.
|
||
EMBRACING FAILURE
|
||
THE LATE MARK Douglas argued that successful trading is a question of
|
||
accepting risk and thinking differently.
|
||
The Market Wizard trader Ed Seykota put it another way. “A losing trader
|
||
can do little to transform himself into a winning trader. A losing trader is not
|
||
going to want to transform himself. That’s the kind of thing winning traders
|
||
do.”
|
||
When I read that passage the first time, I was not mature enough to
|
||
understand its importance. When I started trading for myself, I began to
|
||
appreciate its depth and wisdom.
|
||
As I began trading bigger and bigger size, I realised that my journey from a
|
||
low-stakes trader to a high-stakes trader was not the result of evolution.
|
||
Sure, I got better the more I traded, but remember this: Practice does not
|
||
make perfect. It merely makes it permanent. Only through a dedicated
|
||
approach to practice, with a specific attention to finding your mistakes, will
|
||
you improve. Otherwise you just are just cementing your unprofitable
|
||
behaviour.
|
||
BECOMING A DIFFERENT PERSON
|
||
Being anxious and fearful is a reflection of an unknown situation. Through
|
||
exposure – over and over – our minds come to accept the new reality and
|
||
through that exposure become accustomed to it.
|
||
You think there is a hack that will all of a sudden take you from trading £10
|
||
a point to £100 a point? You think there is some book you can read, or some
|
||
course you can take, or a pill you can ingest that will take you from being
|
||
an average-stake trader to a high-stake trader?
|
||
Well, not quite. But there are certainly ways you can accelerate your
|
||
progress. It is a question of priority. I am not some hardcore monk with no
|
||
life and a never-ending commitment to pushing myself into those cold, dark
|
||
corners where I dance with uncertainty until my emotions are stunted and I
|
||
essentially become a psychopath with no fear.
|
||
But I am committed. I want to explore my weaknesses. I am reasonably
|
||
attuned to my mind and body, and I know that left to my own devices I can
|
||
quickly spiral into self-destructive behaviour.
|
||
I had a painful breakup with a loved one, and I turned to food and alcohol.
|
||
Sure, I think we all do things like that. Even Bridget Jones (I love movies)
|
||
ate her way through a tub of ice cream in one sitting when she was dumped
|
||
by the love of her life.
|
||
But you move on. You get off the sofa. You turn off the TV and throw the
|
||
ice cream bucket in the bin, and you say, “Okay, so I made a mistake. I will
|
||
own it.”
|
||
How you feel about failure will to a very large degree define your growth
|
||
and the trajectory of virtually every aspect of your life. You may want to
|
||
close the book and think about that for a while. It is quite frightening how
|
||
deep that sentence is.
|
||
A significant part of your success as a trader is correlated to your
|
||
relationship with failing. If you see failure as the endgame, then you won’t
|
||
make it as a trader. I have colleagues who will stop trading if they have
|
||
three losing trades in a row. What kind of attitude is that? You think Kobe
|
||
Bryant – the absolute superman of basketball – had that attitude? You think
|
||
during a game he would make three misses and then ask the coach to be
|
||
replaced by someone else?
|
||
KOBE BRYANT – THE BIGGEST
|
||
FAILURE
|
||
While we are on the topic of Kobe Bryant, I want to tell you a story about
|
||
him, which I read in a paper – sadly after Kobe passed away in a tragic
|
||
accident.
|
||
After the accident, most obituaries focused on Bryant’s amazing
|
||
achievements and trophies won, but Andy Bull from the Guardian wrote
|
||
about Kobe Bryant from a different vantage point.
|
||
The headline of the article sums it up well: “Bryant’s success story began
|
||
with working to conquer the fear of failure.”
|
||
It seems Kobe Bryant intuitively knew that, in order to be a great player, he
|
||
needed to conquer his fear of failing. The article goes on to tell the story of
|
||
a game in May 1997. It was Kobe’s first season for the LA Lakers, his
|
||
rookie season. He made four crucial errors inside five minutes, which some
|
||
say cost his team the game.
|
||
That night, the story goes, Bryant stayed up shooting hoops privately and
|
||
alone. He was still at it when the sun came up. I know this feels a little
|
||
sugar-sweet; it has a David versus Goliath feel to it. But there is more to
|
||
this than meets the eye.
|
||
On the surface, it reads that Kobe Bryant was beaten in that game and he
|
||
followed it with a punishing all-night session. To me the story tells of a man
|
||
who night-after-night confronted his fear of failure by repeatedly trying. He
|
||
became used to sometimes failing temporarily, and yet he kept at it.
|
||
Bull concludes by saying, “He missed more shots than any other player in
|
||
history. Bryant was willing to encounter failure in every game he played.”
|
||
It is not the first story I have read about an all-American great, someone
|
||
who confronted the fear of being wrong, in order to be proven right. Babe
|
||
Ruth, the American baseball player, held home run records for decades. At
|
||
the same time, he went by the nickname King of Strikeouts. If the term itself
|
||
doesn’t give it away, let me explain: a home run is great; a strikeout is the
|
||
very opposite.
|
||
I found the story resonated with traders all over the world who seek out
|
||
systems and strategies aimed at eliminating losing trades.
|
||
As I write this on a quiet trading day on 1 June 2020, I look over my trading
|
||
statistics for the month of May. I made a total of 1,513 points. Yet out of the
|
||
137 trades I executed, I lost on 66 of them, won on 53 of them, and broke
|
||
even on 18 of them (where stop-loss was moved to entry point).
|
||
If I gauged my success according to some of the hyped-up system sellers on
|
||
the internet who promise a 95% (or better) hit rate on trades, I am an abject
|
||
failure. I mean, I was less than 50/50 in May.
|
||
Yet, somehow, I still managed to make a decent return for the month. How
|
||
do you explain that? The answer is found in the erroneous belief that the
|
||
more winning trades you have, the better a trader you are. That is plainly
|
||
and simply wrong.
|
||
One of the popular clichés in the trading world is that you can’t go broke
|
||
taking a profit. Oh, hell yes you can. If you are unable to let your profits
|
||
run, you will never make money trading. While basketball and trading
|
||
differ on this point, if I were afraid to lose, I would never have had a
|
||
profitable month.
|
||
STATISTICS DO NOT MAKE SENSE
|
||
We know that 90% of traders lose. We also know from the FX trading
|
||
sample of 25,000 traders that most trading accounts have more winning
|
||
trades than losing trades. This does not make sense. How can we reconcile
|
||
those two facts?
|
||
The answer is found if you read between the lines of the story of Kobe
|
||
Bryant. If you are in a losing position, you are essentially wrong. However,
|
||
unlike a shot in a basketball game, where you immediately know when you
|
||
are right or wrong, in trading there is always the hope that the trade will
|
||
come back in your favour.
|
||
Hope is what keeps people in trades long after they should have closed
|
||
them. As the saying goes, hope dies last. So true, and so detrimental to
|
||
traders. How do I deal with hope and fear in my trading?
|
||
I tend to only feel hope when I am in a trade. I hope my position will come
|
||
good. I hope the market will move in my favour.
|
||
Fear, however, is felt in more situations. I can feel fear when I am in a trade.
|
||
But I can also feel fear when I am not in a trade. That is a subtle but
|
||
important distinction between hope and fear.
|
||
Hope tends to be reserved for the activity of being in the trade, while fear
|
||
manifests itself both when I am in a trade and when I am not in a trade. I
|
||
can be fearful that the market will move ahead without me, or I can be
|
||
afraid that I have closed my position too soon – which could also rightly be
|
||
classified as regret.
|
||
While I intend to write in much more depth about my trading regime at the
|
||
end of the book, I will describe my approach briefly now.
|
||
I deal with fear when I am in a trade by having an exit strategy. I have a
|
||
stop-loss, which defines the size of my loss. I have accepted this loss before
|
||
I started the trading day. It is part of my trading plan.
|
||
I will have mentally prepared in the morning, ahead of the trading day. I
|
||
will have sat quietly, contemplating what I am about to do. I will have
|
||
subjected my mind to images of me losing. I will have calmed my mind,
|
||
when it experienced these imagined losses, so as to negotiate away any
|
||
feelings of anxiety and regret, as well as desires to get revenge and get
|
||
even.
|
||
I will have dealt with hope by accepting that my stop-loss will define my
|
||
exit. Maybe I will win. Maybe I will not win. Before the trading day started
|
||
I will have gone through mental exercises that saw me enter the market,
|
||
observe the market move against me, negotiate with my fear brain and the
|
||
impulse urges it sent to my conscious awareness.
|
||
By the start of the trading day I will already have seen myself win and lose,
|
||
add to positions, and patiently wait for the right setup. By the time the bell
|
||
rings, opening the market for trading, I am mentally warmed up. I am ready
|
||
to fail without losing my composure.
|
||
MY COMPETITIVE SON
|
||
I have a fascination with reading about the lives of high-performance
|
||
soldiers. I love reading about the trials and tribulations of the SAS and
|
||
Navy Seals. My son shares this interest. In particular, we are fascinated with
|
||
the free-diving part of the training.
|
||
One of the obstacles that these elite warriors have to pass is the 50-metre
|
||
underwater free-dive. Do you think there is a shortcut to diving 50 metres
|
||
under water?
|
||
Take it from someone who has swum 46 metres under water, there is no
|
||
shortcut. I practised and practised while on holiday with my son. There
|
||
happened to a 50-metre swimming pool in the complex we were staying at.
|
||
Being the competitive spirits that both my son and I are, he set out first on
|
||
our initial attempt. He made it a little less than halfway. Now I had a goal,
|
||
and I made it almost to the halfway line. I beat him by an inch or two.
|
||
We spoke about how we could get better, and we agreed that we needed to
|
||
focus more on our preparation before the swim. So next we sat on the edge
|
||
of the pool, and we focused on filling our lungs with oxygen and
|
||
oxygenating our bodies.
|
||
Gradually we got better and better. Then we realised that if we swam less
|
||
frantically while underwater, we would expend less oxygen. Our focus
|
||
shifted to staying calm and taking rhythmic strokes.
|
||
By the end of the seven-day holiday, I came within a few strokes of 50
|
||
metres. My son was a metre or two behind me. Passing this test is one of
|
||
the major stumbling blocks for aspiring Navy Seals. I am not saying that
|
||
my son or I are Navy Seal material, but I am saying that there is no way you
|
||
are going to swim 50 metres under water without relentless practice.
|
||
We worked on it. Then we evaluated our process. We didn’t actually focus
|
||
on the outcome at all. We just did everything we could to make the process
|
||
as efficient as possible. Does that remind you of something? If you have a
|
||
goal that you want to make X amount of money a day, or a certain amount
|
||
of pips or points, you might be sabotaging your chances of making a lot of
|
||
money. You are outcome-oriented. You would benefit immensely from
|
||
shifting your focus to being process orientated.
|
||
BEST LOSER WINS
|
||
THE TIME HAS come to get more specific. We can skirt around the issue forever,
|
||
or we can decide to get our hands dirty and get down to the business of
|
||
creating a finely tuned trading mind.
|
||
What you become in life is dependent on the decisions you make and how
|
||
you react to decisions made on your behalf.
|
||
At Stanford University, Steve Jobs, standing at the podium in front of the
|
||
class of 2005, gave the new graduates their commencement speech – advice
|
||
on how to live life. It went something like this:
|
||
Remembering that you’re going to die is the best way I know to avoid
|
||
the trap of thinking you have something to lose. You are already naked.
|
||
There is no reason not to follow your heart.
|
||
Few can walk the walk when money is on the line. The main contributor to
|
||
not having the life you want is fear. Most play this game called life safely
|
||
within the boundaries they set while growing up, boundaries built by
|
||
avoiding pain and anxiety.
|
||
I am often asked if I know the secret to becoming a good trader. I think
|
||
many novices believe that I know some really good trading setups. They’re
|
||
not entirely wrong; yes, I know some great setups, but they still only work –
|
||
at best – about 70% of the time. I am still wrong 30 times out of 100.
|
||
I am not where I am in the trading world because of my IQ. I’ll tell you that
|
||
immediately. I am here because of my relationship with pain. Our brains
|
||
hate the idea of losing something that is valuable to us. The brain will
|
||
abandon all rational thought and make some really poor decisions trying to
|
||
avoid losing something that has value.
|
||
I am a profitable trader. Is that because I possess superior charting abilities?
|
||
No. Of course not. There are many brilliant chartists who can’t trade.
|
||
Is it because I have a superior system? No, there are many great systems but
|
||
most will still only have a 60% strike rate.
|
||
Is it because I have friends in high places that feed me insider information?
|
||
No. Did you not read my book? I am socially reclusive, and I certainly do
|
||
not have friends in high places.
|
||
I have no secrets. I have no special abilities, with the possible exception of
|
||
one. Do you want to know why I am so good at trading?
|
||
I am exceptionally good at losing. When speculating in financial markets,
|
||
the best loser wins. Don’t underestimate these four words.
|
||
Though it may go against the conditioning that life and the modern world
|
||
have programmed you with, success in financial market speculation is not
|
||
about being the best, coming first, or winning.
|
||
Instead, it’s about losing. Your relationship with fear and adversity will to a
|
||
very high degree define your life.
|
||
And that’s why I win. I win because I’m really good at losing. In trading,
|
||
unlike life, it’s the best loser that wins. Do you think a dentist, or a doctor
|
||
would be in business if they had a 60% win rate? Of course not. But a trader
|
||
can thrive and prosper on that kind of success rate – as long as they are
|
||
prepared for it. Most are not.
|
||
MANY ARE CALLED…
|
||
Trading attracts many people who shouldn’t be traders. They are led to
|
||
believe that trading is easy. Maybe a broker is tempting them; I’m sure
|
||
you’ve seen the broker advertisements where a calm, confident actor
|
||
knowingly pressing buttons in front of a bedazzling array of screens, then
|
||
walks away victorious with a confident smirk.
|
||
If you look at the trading industry, we are led to believe it is all about the
|
||
tools. Hang on – do you think I can play tennis like Roger Federer just
|
||
because I have a Wilson Pro tennis racket?
|
||
It’s an illusion. How do I know? Because, for years, I was an insider
|
||
working at one of the largest financial market brokers in London.
|
||
Why do so many people lose? Statistically speaking, it should be
|
||
impossible for so many people to lose. If the market is random – and most
|
||
of the time, market movement is indeed random – why do 90% of clients
|
||
consistently lose a 50:50 bet?
|
||
The answer is as simple as it is complex. It isn’t the market-beating them.
|
||
They are beating themselves. I wasn’t always a successful trader either. To
|
||
become successful, I had to break down the barrier that separates the many
|
||
from the few, in a business where there is no instruction manual, and where
|
||
the lesson comes after the test.
|
||
It didn’t take me long as a broker to notice our clients’ trading behaviour.
|
||
As a group, traders are predictable. Or, more accurately, their outcome is
|
||
predictable, because everyone is doing the same thing.
|
||
I watched thousands of traders execute millions of trades. Their behaviour
|
||
became predictable, almost as if they were connected together in one hive
|
||
mind. Week after week, month after month, year in, year out, when they
|
||
were making a loss they hoped the market would give them back their
|
||
losses, yet when they were making a profit they feared the market would
|
||
take it away.
|
||
They were fearful when they should have been hopeful. They were hopeful
|
||
when, in fact, they should have been fearful.
|
||
These human experiences helped make me the trader I am today. Watching
|
||
them struggle, I realised they were searching in the wrong place.
|
||
The answer they were so desperate to find is not found in the external. It’s
|
||
not found in the software, or in any of the tools. Instead, I realised, the
|
||
answer is to be found inside the self.
|
||
TUNING MY MIND
|
||
In the silence of the early morning, I’m in my office, preparing for the day’s
|
||
trading. It is a minimalistic office. Depending on where I am, there are
|
||
either two or four screens. That is it. There are no special monitors or water-
|
||
cooled PCs.
|
||
My secret ingredient is a couple of files on my hard drive. There is my
|
||
PowerPoint presentation on one screen. There is a Microsoft Word
|
||
document on another.
|
||
The PowerPoint file is my cue. At game time, before I begin to trade, it’s
|
||
time to become someone else. In the movie Gladiator, why does Maximus
|
||
Decimus Meridius rub dirt on his hands before combat?
|
||
It’s a ritual.
|
||
He must immunise himself before battle, to feel nothing, to become an
|
||
instrument of death, indestructible, so that he can survive another day.
|
||
Rubbing dirt on his hands is his ritual of leaving his old self behind. Every
|
||
day from 5 am until 9 pm, even late into the night, I am battling myself.
|
||
Trading is a battle of the self.
|
||
The PowerPoint file contains old trades, mistakes, triumphs, inspirations,
|
||
and warnings visually arranged to prepare me for the day ahead.
|
||
I need to become something else; otherwise, I will not make money. This is
|
||
why trading looks simple when looked at from the outside, but it’s not easy
|
||
because trading successfully goes counter to virtually every piece of DNA
|
||
stored in your body.
|
||
In the 1960s, neuroscientist Paul MacLean proposed the human brain has
|
||
evolved with three areas of function: the reptile brain, the limbic brain, and
|
||
the neocortex.
|
||
So, who’s really in charge when you are trading?
|
||
It’s your reptile brain, your base self, that’s really in charge. When you are
|
||
startled, and you react, perhaps you detect a wobble in your stomach, a
|
||
vibration in the lower back – that’s your reptile mind preparing you for
|
||
survival, triggering a fight-or-flight response.
|
||
Will you run, or will you fight? Your subconscious reptile mind has only
|
||
one function, and that is to protect you. It does this whether you want it to
|
||
or not.
|
||
And this is a problem, because to be successful as a trader you need to be
|
||
very good at losing. This means constant conflict with your built-in
|
||
subconscious protection system.
|
||
A system that protected you from death as a caveman guarantees you’ll not
|
||
survive as a trader – unless you can learn to overcome it. And overcoming it
|
||
begins with accepting pain.
|
||
One exercise I use in the morning is closing my eyes and playing out a
|
||
scenario. I imagine I lose a large amount of money. I will often use an
|
||
amount that has some significance to me, such as the cost of my last car, or
|
||
the cost of my son’s college tuition, or the size of a memorable loss.
|
||
Say for the sake of the argument that I have opted to meditate on losing
|
||
£78,000. I will see myself losing the amount. I will let it sit there – in my
|
||
consciousness. I will let it take hold. I will imagine what I will not be able
|
||
to buy because of the loss. I will make it as emotionally vivid as I can.
|
||
Now I will turn the table. I will now imagine that I am winning the same
|
||
amount. I will imagine that I am winning the £78,000. What will happen is
|
||
that my emotional response system will not allow me to feel a reciprocal
|
||
sense of joy to the misery I felt earlier.
|
||
Neurobiology has shown we experience a financial loss 250% more
|
||
intensely than an equivalent financial gain. After going through this
|
||
exercise of feeling pain and then not feeling pleasure, I then swap back to
|
||
feeling the loss again.
|
||
The purpose of the exercise is to align my feelings of gain and loss. In truth,
|
||
I don’t really want to feel anything – I have found that if I get overly happy
|
||
about a win, I tend to get overly sad about a loss. I don’t want that.
|
||
I am not a dentist who has a win rate of 99.99%. I am a bloody trader, who
|
||
has to live with being wrong around 50% of the time. It is exhausting to feel
|
||
joy and pain many times a day. I prefer not to feel anything at all, rather
|
||
than going through that emotional roller coaster.
|
||
I win. Move on.
|
||
I lose. Move on.
|
||
By adopting this attitude and by warming up my subconscious mind, I am
|
||
able to flow in and out of winning and losing trades, day in and day out,
|
||
without it affecting my strategy.
|
||
Pain is inevitable to some degree in life. Someone lets you down, you feel
|
||
pain. Someone hurts you emotionally or physically, you feel pain.
|
||
In life, outside of trading, one way to deal with the pain is to talk to
|
||
someone. As the saying goes, a problem shared is a problem halved.
|
||
Why a painful experience feels less potent after we have shared it with a
|
||
friend I don’t know. Maybe the act of verbalising the disappointment puts
|
||
the problem into a healthier perspective.
|
||
Either way, you feel better, and the pain subsides.
|
||
But when I’m trading, while the majority look to run away and rid
|
||
themselves of pain, I do the opposite. I run towards it. I embrace it. I don’t
|
||
want to share my pain. I want to hold on to it. I need it.
|
||
Whether you are new to trading and speculation, or you have years of
|
||
experience, you should give this question some serious thought:
|
||
If you want to be a success in a field where 90% or more fail, how do you
|
||
think you should approach this task?
|
||
Trading looks easy on the outside, but in reality it’s much more challenging
|
||
than people expect – because we are hardwired to do the opposite of what
|
||
we should be doing. This is why 90 out of every 100 people end up losing.
|
||
The road to consistency, success, and enlightenment in trading begins in the
|
||
last place you’d ever think to look. Inside yourself.
|
||
THE KEY
|
||
So, here it is. What follows is the key that will unlock the door to your
|
||
success, the key to breaking down the barrier between the life you want and
|
||
the life you are leading now.
|
||
If you want to succeed in an endeavour where 90% are failing, you have
|
||
two choices. You can study the large 90% losing group and do the opposite
|
||
of what they do, or you can replicate what the 10% do.
|
||
If you are not as successful as you want to be, sooner or later you need to
|
||
change your behaviour. It doesn’t matter if you’ve been trading
|
||
unsuccessfully for three months or 30 years, you are much closer to success
|
||
than you realise.
|
||
The 90% fail because they interpret the pain messages received
|
||
automatically from our reptile brain without any modification.
|
||
You need to learn to recode your brain’s messages when pain comes
|
||
knocking. Instead of reacting and running away, a small group of consistent
|
||
traders, the 10%, hold fast and run towards the danger – not away from it.
|
||
The 10% succeed because they have learned to flip the switch.
|
||
FLIP THE SWITCH
|
||
This will feel very uncomfortable, but it is a discomfort you must accept
|
||
and embrace if you want to succeed in the game of financial speculation. It
|
||
is the reason why trading looks simple but is not easy.
|
||
The paradox of trading is this: by doing what the 90% cannot do, you will
|
||
become successful. In other words, I expect to be uncomfortable. I expect
|
||
my trading to cause me anxiety. I am waiting for it.
|
||
I can sum it up in a few sentences:
|
||
1. I assume I am wrong – until proven otherwise.
|
||
2. I expect to be uncomfortable.
|
||
3. I add when I am right.
|
||
4. I never add when I am wrong.
|
||
ASSUME YOU ARE WRONG
|
||
Remember, I’ve watched thousands of traders execute millions of trades,
|
||
and I noticed when most traders enter into a position they assume they are
|
||
right. In a business where 90% of people fail, your recoding process begins
|
||
by flipping that switch.
|
||
I will assume that I will quickly have to get rid of a losing trade. My
|
||
confidence in this action is not centred around my ability to select the right
|
||
setup. That is what the 90% will do.
|
||
Instead, my confidence is centred around trusting I will get rid of a trade
|
||
that is not performing. I trust myself to know that if this trade does not work
|
||
out, there will be another one coming shortly.
|
||
Do you see how I have flipped the switch on my thinking? I am thinking
|
||
differently to the 90%. I will assume I am wrong until the market proves me
|
||
right.
|
||
Flip the switch!
|
||
When the 90% of traders execute trades, they experience emotions, which
|
||
originate from their pain centre. Now it’s only a question of time before
|
||
their emotionally driven pain threshold centre sends them a false signal,
|
||
causing them to lose. It is a never-ending rollercoaster ride of
|
||
disappointment, lost money and pain.
|
||
When I trade, I assume I am wrong. I enter a trade, and the trade moves in
|
||
my favour. I am trading my account size or the available profit – I am
|
||
trading the market because I understand the size of my profit is irrelevant to
|
||
the market.
|
||
I know my P&L has no influence on the market. I know that my brain’s
|
||
automatic pain receptor will kick in causing an inbuilt safety reflex to
|
||
register pain.
|
||
I am subject to the same built-in automatic pain receptor as everyone else,
|
||
but the difference lies in how I handle the pain. Instead of giving in to it,
|
||
instead of being ruled by my emotional responses, I have flipped the switch.
|
||
I have trained myself to expect the pain.
|
||
I am aware of the pain. It is there. It is real, but I accept it. I have
|
||
encountered it in training over and over. It no longer acts as a debilitating
|
||
force in my life. I have trained the fear of out my decision making.
|
||
EXPECT TO BE UNCOMFORTABLE
|
||
How can you have a good time while you are uncomfortable? Logic will
|
||
say it is not possible. Well, for starters, I think all humans come alive when
|
||
we strive. We toil in the garden, we work out, we study for an exam. I think
|
||
it is perfectly possible to be uncomfortable while enjoying a challenging
|
||
process. As a trading position grows in profit, instead of giving into the fear
|
||
it will be taken away from me, I flip the switch, using my mental warm-up,
|
||
my training exercises and visualisation of trend days where the market just
|
||
goes higher and higher all day.
|
||
I flip the switch in my mind from negative mental imagery to positive
|
||
mental imagery. I see myself riding this monster momentum wave. I see
|
||
myself being at the forefront of every tick higher.
|
||
The 90% will focus on what they want to avoid. I focus on what I want to
|
||
achieve. The 90% give in to their fears. I expect my fears to come in
|
||
abundance, and I have a plan for counteracting them. I see a different
|
||
image.
|
||
And when I am losing?
|
||
Well, I already expected to lose anyway, so the market disagreeing with my
|
||
trade will not be associated with pain or fear. I expected it. I have accepted
|
||
my loss already.
|
||
I don’t entertain the idea of compounding my mistake by adding to my
|
||
losing position. I have trained that trait out of my mind. It doesn’t even
|
||
enter my mind anymore. My mind knows I want to be big when I am right,
|
||
and I want to be small when I am wrong.
|
||
Emotions kill trading accounts. It isn’t the lack of knowledge that’s
|
||
stopping you from winning big. It’s the way you handle yourself when you
|
||
are in a trade.
|
||
I spent a decade observing traders lose money. They were intelligent people
|
||
who often had great hit ratios, but they couldn’t lose well.
|
||
After reading this far, if you remember only one thing, remember this: in
|
||
trading, unlike life, the best loser wins.
|
||
THE IDEAL MINDSET
|
||
THERE IS AN ideal way to think as a trader. There is an ideal mindset – one that
|
||
is flexible to the extreme. It does not care about winning. It does not care
|
||
about losing. It is a carefree state of mind, but it still acts in your best
|
||
interest.
|
||
The ideal trading mindset has no fear. If you are alarmed by this statement,
|
||
then pause for a second. The ideal mindset may have no fear, but the ideal
|
||
mindset is still acting in your best interest. The ideal mindset might be
|
||
fearless, but it is not reckless.
|
||
Fear plays a significant role in explaining why people lose the game of
|
||
trading. This fear can manifest itself in several ways. It can be the fear of
|
||
not being in the market and missing a good move. It can be the fear of
|
||
staying in the market for too long and seeing the open profits disappear.
|
||
Can you acquire an ideal mindset? Yes. Without a doubt. You may have to
|
||
grow into it. You may have to begin a period of significant introspection
|
||
and get to know thyself. I will discuss how to get to know yourself as a
|
||
trader shortly.
|
||
The ideal trader mindset does exist, and you can train yourself towards this
|
||
state of thinking and believing. When you arrive at this state, it means you
|
||
are able to perceive information from the markets without feeling
|
||
threatened or fearful.
|
||
Does it mean you will never lose? No. You will have losing trades just like
|
||
everyone else. However, the ideal trading mindset is as at peace with losing
|
||
trades, as it is with winning trades. Neither will impact your ability to
|
||
unemotionally and dispassionately perceive market information in a non-
|
||
threatening frame of mind. Your emotional state will stay in balance.
|
||
Every trader has experienced periods of being in the zone, of being balmed
|
||
by the soothing feeling of the ideal mindset. It often happens when certain
|
||
circumstances are present. For me personally, I experience that sense of
|
||
calm whenever I am trading while on holiday.
|
||
One story stands out. I was on holiday for 14 days, and I traded every day
|
||
from my holiday home. I was totally at peace, trading only when the market
|
||
really spoke to me. Otherwise, I was at the pool relaxing in the sun.
|
||
When I returned to the trading floor, my boss came out and said, “Someone
|
||
is on fire!” and clapped. Fourteen days later I had given away all my
|
||
holiday profits. I remember the story so vividly because it happened to be
|
||
one of the catalysts that led me to seek a deeper understanding of myself as
|
||
a trader.
|
||
HARD-CODED DNA
|
||
The ideal mindset does exist, but few traders have it consistently. When we
|
||
do not operate from a frame of mind of the ideal mindset, we are afraid of
|
||
something. This fear is a manifestation of a lack of trust. We do not trust
|
||
ourselves to do what we have to do without hesitation, without reservation
|
||
or internal conflict or argument.
|
||
Our mind is the problem. Our mind’s core objective is to keep us alive and
|
||
avoid pain. We are automatically wired to think in a way that keeps us alive.
|
||
This thought pattern is hard-coded into our DNA. It might keep us alive, but
|
||
it makes trading difficult.
|
||
The very thing that keeps us alive is the very thing that makes trading an
|
||
incredibly difficult proposition, until you have learned how to counter your
|
||
hard-coding.
|
||
The issues we face largely fall into two categories:
|
||
1. We associate this moment with another moment, whether we are
|
||
conscious of it or not.
|
||
2. We have a mind wired to avoid pain.
|
||
We have learned to associate in order to benefit from experiences.
|
||
Association (connecting past moments with the present moment) and pain
|
||
avoidance do not go hand in hand with trading.
|
||
Why do I say this? Why do I say that association and pain avoidance are
|
||
detrimental to profitable trading? I say so because in trading each moment
|
||
is unique, and anything can happen. Trading is the equivalent of a coin-flip
|
||
game. Since the win ratio of many professional traders – including myself –
|
||
is not far from 50/50, the coin-flip analogy is even more appropriate than
|
||
you might think.
|
||
If you play a game of heads and tails, you are probably not too concerned
|
||
about the outcome. Over time it will play itself out quite predictably. You
|
||
will win 50%. You will lose 50%. If you developed a system where you lost
|
||
a unit on your losses, and you made 1.5 units on your wins, you have
|
||
yourself a good business.
|
||
Trading is just like that in many respects. You don’t judge your system on
|
||
the merit of one trade. You judge it over many trades. We do so because
|
||
even a game of heads and tails will show an uneven distribution, even if the
|
||
outcome over 100 flips is 50/50. As my friend David Paul once said, “There
|
||
is randomness in the outcome of one, but there is order in the outcome of
|
||
100.” He was talking about the coin-flip scenario.
|
||
I once flipped a coin 100 times, and I wrote down the result on a piece of
|
||
paper. I witnessed 15 heads in a row. At one point I stopped and looked at
|
||
the coin, as if to see whether there were obvious flaws to it. There weren’t.
|
||
If you had 15 losing trades in a row, I imagine your mental state would
|
||
suffer. If you had 15 winning trades in a row, you may feel invincible.
|
||
The market will do what the market will do. It doesn’t care about you or
|
||
your position. It doesn’t care if you are in the market or on the side-lines. If
|
||
you have 15 winners in a row, it doesn’t care. If you have 15 losers in a row,
|
||
it doesn’t care.
|
||
You can’t make the argument that just because you have lost on a trade you
|
||
are now closer to winning. By doing so, you are doing exactly what we
|
||
need to learn not to do. Every moment is unique. Just because you had 15
|
||
heads in a row does not mean the odds of a head are less on the 16th throw.
|
||
They are still 50/50.
|
||
Why? Because there is complete randomness in the outcome of one. That is
|
||
another way of saying that every moment is unique. However, over time the
|
||
law of averages will come into play, and over 100 throws, you will
|
||
experience 50 heads and 50 tails.
|
||
However, while you may understand this academically, and even logically,
|
||
there is a good chance you will not understand this emotionally, especially
|
||
if you just had 15 winners or 15 losers in a row. Therein lies the difference
|
||
between the trained mind and the untrained mind. I will steadily guide you
|
||
towards the trained mind, so that you do not succumb to fear.
|
||
PERCEIVING INFORMATION
|
||
Information on its own has no power over us. It is our belief system and the
|
||
energy we give to the information that decide its potency. If you receive an
|
||
email from an unknown person saying, “You are a dead man,” the chances
|
||
are your emotional reaction will be very different than if you received an
|
||
email saying, “Du er en død mand.”
|
||
The message is the same. One is in English, the other Danish. On its own,
|
||
the sentence is merely a construct of letters put together. Once it is decoded
|
||
by the brain, it is assigned an emotional charge. The sentence is
|
||
meaningless. It is how we interpret the sentence that causes the emotional
|
||
response.
|
||
So, imagine a mindset where you can perceive the market information
|
||
purely from an opportunistic point of view. You are not threatened by the
|
||
information. You are not thinking, “Oh God, why am I not in this move?”
|
||
You are not thinking, “Why am I in this move?” You merely observe and
|
||
decide from a frame of mind that sees opportunities. It does not see threats.
|
||
The market moves up and down in ticks all day. They form patterns, which
|
||
we trade on. These ticks up and down are just ticks. If you have a position
|
||
on, however, these ticks take on a life and meaning of their own. They
|
||
validate you, or they diminish you. That is not how you want to trade. That
|
||
is not an ideal mindset.
|
||
FOCUS AND ATTRACT
|
||
What we focus on is what we attract. I believe in that, so it is true for me.
|
||
The fear we experience causes us to focus on the object of our fear so that
|
||
we end up creating the very experience we’re trying to avoid.
|
||
I want to give you a simple example of the mind seeking information as a
|
||
result of what your focus is on. You bought yourself a new car. It is a yellow
|
||
Volkswagen Beetle. As you drive your new car, you begin to notice other
|
||
Volkswagen Beetles. You never did that before. Your mind has opened a
|
||
filter, allowing information about Beetles into your consciousness.
|
||
What we focus on is what we attract. The trader who has a position on in
|
||
the market will focus on the price movements (the ticks) that move in his or
|
||
her favour because they relieve pain and give pleasure. Movements against
|
||
the position create pain.
|
||
You might be thinking I am stating the obvious. You are right. My point
|
||
was not to state the obvious, but to point out that this state of mind is not
|
||
open to other possibilities. The more fear we experience, the less
|
||
information the mind will focus on. It will narrow its focus. It will stop you
|
||
from perceiving alternative options.
|
||
I run a live trading channel, where I trade in real time. When I trade
|
||
publicly, one type of scenario I am most proud of is that in which I accept I
|
||
have misread the market, and I change my position. For example, I may
|
||
have pushed the short side on the Dow Jones Index, and the market is
|
||
moving against me. I accept I am wrong. I close my position. I open a trade
|
||
in the opposite direction.
|
||
It requires a tremendous amount of self-belief to do this when you are
|
||
trading big size. What helps me in situations of this type is to recite a
|
||
mantra I have created: “Focus on the process. Focus on what you can
|
||
control.” I have developed a belief system that allows me to encourage this
|
||
kind of flexibility.
|
||
This kind of mindset is possible for you too. When I set out, I wanted to
|
||
create a mindset that allowed me to perceive information without fear. That
|
||
is the ideal mindset. It takes time to create it, but your rewards are directly
|
||
correlated to your effort. Don’t expect a eureka moment. Expect to get
|
||
better and better gradually.
|
||
BELIEFS
|
||
Our beliefs determine how we react to information. We were born with a
|
||
clean slate, and our beliefs are taught and adopted. We were taught what to
|
||
think. We also had experiences that shaped our beliefs.
|
||
I will get personal for a second. I felt my mother and father abandoned me
|
||
at a young age. They divorced and I became the object of their fighting. I
|
||
see now how that shaped my beliefs, which in turn influenced my choices
|
||
in life and the decisions I made. The moment I was old enough to take
|
||
charge of my own destiny, I saved up as much money as I could so that I
|
||
could say goodbye to that toxic environment and leave my home country.
|
||
How does this relate to trading? Trading gives us unlimited potential to
|
||
express ourselves. We can open a trading account, and away we go. You are
|
||
your own boss. There are no rules. There are no limits. Do what you want.
|
||
You are no longer influenced or guided by your parents. The world is your
|
||
oyster. You have total freedom to do what you want to do, when you want
|
||
to do it.
|
||
We tend not to want to operate under rules. After all, much of our young
|
||
adulthood is spent rebelling against parents giving us rules. Trading is a
|
||
rule-free environment. Unfortunately, the result is quite astounding. Traders
|
||
have free will, and 90% of them will have a belief system that leads them to
|
||
failure.
|
||
In order to prosper in trading, we need a combination of being able to
|
||
operate under trading rules while not feeling we are being held back,
|
||
because ultimately, we want to experience total freedom. Essentially, what
|
||
it boils down to is creating a mindset that always acts in your own best
|
||
interest. It is a mindset that allows you to see opportunities. It knows your
|
||
weaknesses and what to be mindful of. It allows you to receive information
|
||
without being threatened by the information.
|
||
You can operate from a carefree state of mind. I have created a blueprint for
|
||
a carefree trading mind. I have changed my beliefs about trading. That is
|
||
the message at the heart of this book – to change how we think, especially
|
||
how we think about losing. It is to explain my mindset and teach you the
|
||
mindset.
|
||
The old way of thinking is still there. It will always be there. It is part of
|
||
your personality. But the old belief has no charge anymore. It is faded,
|
||
diffused. Just because you have said goodbye to an old belief does not mean
|
||
it isn’t still in your memory.
|
||
I will give you a childish example. We used to believe in Santa Claus. We
|
||
used to believe if we were good, he would come and visit us to leave us
|
||
presents. Does it bother you that he is not real? Of course not. You have
|
||
diffused the emotional charge of being deceived. Your life is no worse off. I
|
||
have the same sentiment about my old trading beliefs. I am not missing out.
|
||
I am thriving on a new mindset. I used to think I couldn’t live without a
|
||
cigarette after a meal. Now I can’t imagine a life where I stick a cigarette in
|
||
my mouth. I eat every day, and I never have an urge to smoke. Once I could
|
||
not imagine a life without a smoke. Now I can’t believe I was ever hooked
|
||
on it. It took me a little more than a week to re-program my mind. The same
|
||
will happen to you as you apply my blueprint for the ideal trading mindset.
|
||
My biggest belief I had to overcome in trading was the associations I made
|
||
when I was confronted with losses. I had to learn how to disassociate losses
|
||
from feelings of failure or feelings of wanting to extract revenge on the
|
||
market to create a state of mental equilibrium. Achieving that was a
|
||
momentous leap for my trading performance.
|
||
THE BOOK OF TRUTHS
|
||
I want to move the narrative towards the practical element of creating the
|
||
right mindset. You can only dance around the fire for so long. Let’s get
|
||
down to brass tacks. Let’s get specific.
|
||
I once saw a sign that said, “The best views come after the hardest climbs.”
|
||
Proverbs have a way of simplifying complex messages, but they are hit-
|
||
and-run in their nature. They don’t tell you how to do it.
|
||
How do I climb the mountain? Telling us to “Just Do It” might be well
|
||
intentioned, but falls disastrously short of a meaningful description of how
|
||
to climb the damn mountain. In a similar vein, to be told to just “run your
|
||
profits” and “cut your losses” falls disastrously short of providing a
|
||
meaningful guide to achieving these noble trading goals.
|
||
When I started trading, I had the right credentials. On paper I was
|
||
academically destined to do well. Emotionally, though, I was like everyone
|
||
else. I was not making money. I should say I wasn’t making meaningful
|
||
money. I lost more on bad days than I made on good days. Granted I had
|
||
more good days than bad days, but the bad days would set me back
|
||
significantly, to the point where I might as well go and get a job. It would
|
||
have paid better than my trading did.
|
||
I didn’t question what I brought to the game beyond chart preparation. I
|
||
showed up. I traded. I studied charts. That was it. I thought that was all
|
||
there was to it. If it didn’t go well, then I had to do more of it.
|
||
However, I never looked inwards. Then something happened. I read the
|
||
research (described earlier in the book) on the 25,000 traders executing 43
|
||
million trades, and I thought to myself, I am just like them. They all
|
||
believed they would be profitable. Practically none of them were.
|
||
It prompted me to start thinking about trading holistically. I had been
|
||
obsessed with techniques. I had a belief that more is better when it came to
|
||
technical analysis. Yet, I was not seeing the results I wanted.
|
||
It got me thinking about thinking and about what I believed. More
|
||
importantly, I began to wonder if what I considered to be my beliefs were
|
||
actually helping me to become a better trader. So far, they had not.
|
||
Your beliefs create your world. How you see the world is a result of what
|
||
you believe in. Some beliefs are easy to identify. I believe we should look
|
||
after the environment, so I make sure I recycle. That is an example of a
|
||
belief. That was an easy example. How are your beliefs shaping your
|
||
trading performance? Are you even aware of what your trading beliefs are?
|
||
Your trading performance is a function of your belief system, and only by
|
||
dissecting your trading performance are you able to uncover what your
|
||
belief system is. There is an easy way to discover your trading beliefs.
|
||
Although I say it is easy, it is also hard work.
|
||
A friend of mine wanted to improve his surfing, so he hired a friend to
|
||
video him for a few hours during a surf session. He watched himself surf
|
||
and he was able to identify his issues. He needed to strengthen his core
|
||
muscles and he needed to trust his wave selection rather than being half
|
||
committed, as he often was on many waves.
|
||
In a similar way, I decided I needed to relive my trades to truly figure out
|
||
what my problem was. So, I downloaded my trading results into an Excel
|
||
spreadsheet and went to work. I meticulously went through the trades. I
|
||
split my trades up into many different categories, with many of them
|
||
appearing in more than one category.
|
||
There were trades I held for days. There were trades I held for seconds.
|
||
There were trades I executed in the mornings. There were trades I executed
|
||
in the afternoons and evenings.
|
||
I recommend you read my assessment of my own trading, and you repeat it
|
||
on your own trading. It is a vital step in understanding who you are and
|
||
how you interact with the markets. Once you have done that, you will create
|
||
what I call the Book of Truths.
|
||
Above all, be honest with yourself, as I was. If you are not honest with
|
||
yourself, you will not be rewarded with consistency in trading. The courage
|
||
to be honest with yourself is its own reward.
|
||
Here goes:
|
||
1. I had periods where my win rate exceeded 85%.
|
||
2. My average profitable trade was less than my average losing trade.
|
||
3. I was a winning trader, but my big losses were seriously denting my
|
||
overall P&L.
|
||
4. I traded well in the first half of the day.
|
||
5. I traded well in the first three to four days of the week.
|
||
6. I often gave away much of my profit from the morning session
|
||
when I traded in the afternoon.
|
||
7. I often gave away much of my weekly profit on Fridays.
|
||
8. I would do very well on range-bound days.
|
||
9. I would almost always miss trend days, and I would often fight
|
||
them.
|
||
10. My biggest losses came from fighting trending moves.
|
||
The breakdown of my performance was incredibly cathartic. I took great
|
||
pleasure in reviewing my own mistakes, because it felt like I was actually
|
||
meaningfully moving towards a better version of myself.
|
||
I took a very time-consuming decision to put all of my trades on the
|
||
relevant charts. I created a PowerPoint containing every trade to give me
|
||
visual imagery of my performance. This is the Book of Truths.
|
||
I will argue that this process stood out as the single most beneficial practical
|
||
exercise in enhancing my performance. I was, and I am, confronted daily
|
||
with all my flaws, and I have a visual representation of those flaws. It
|
||
seems as if the act of portraying a loss in a visual representation is a much
|
||
more powerful tool for change than merely writing “Don’t trade without a
|
||
stop-loss” on a Post-It Note and taping it to your screen.
|
||
I use the PowerPoint file to warm up every morning before trading begins. I
|
||
am reminded of the things I am good at and the things that tend to be my
|
||
downfall. It has become an integral part of my process, to ensure I am
|
||
acting in my own best self-interest.
|
||
When I started the process of visually recalling my old trades, my old hurts,
|
||
my old successes, I felt an empowering surge to replicate what I was good
|
||
at and avoid what I was bad it. I immediately began to trade differently. I
|
||
immediately saw measurable improvements in my trading. The results were
|
||
immediate, even if I had to get used to the new way of thinking. I made
|
||
more money.
|
||
I became much more trusting of the markets. I trusted that I would be given
|
||
an opportunity to make money every day. As odd as it sounds, I began to
|
||
trade less, and I started to make more money. Sure, I wasn’t perfect from
|
||
day one. I am not perfect today either. In fact, one of my beliefs is don’t
|
||
insist on perfection in trading.
|
||
One truth I came face to face with was less is more. There was a clear
|
||
relationship between the time of the day and my profitability. I was
|
||
nowhere near as profitable in the afternoons as I was in the mornings.
|
||
Would I make more money if I just traded mornings? The statistics said yes.
|
||
My heart said no. I wanted to trade, and I felt (or rather my belief dictated) I
|
||
had to trade in the afternoons. How else could I call myself a trader if I only
|
||
traded part time? It was a process of trial and error.
|
||
This was the immediate benefit from the Book of Truths, but I didn’t stop
|
||
there. I began to seriously question my motivation for trading. I argue that
|
||
in a business like trading, where 90% fail to make a positive return on their
|
||
trading account, the only way to separate yourself from the masses is to
|
||
acknowledge that your mind is either your best friend or your worst enemy.
|
||
If you don’t prepare your mind ahead of the game, and you experience
|
||
adversity during the game, your mind will most likely work against your
|
||
prime objective. Your prime objective is not to make money. Your prime
|
||
objective is to follow the strategy you have developed. More importantly,
|
||
your prime objective is to follow the process you have designed for
|
||
yourself. If you follow the process, the outcome will take care of itself.
|
||
I don’t set goals. I just focus on my process. I am a process-oriented trader.
|
||
I don’t think being overtly goal oriented will help you achieve your goals.
|
||
Of course, the goal is to win. But a mind subjected to adversity is a mind in
|
||
stress. A stressed mind needs structure and process. Otherwise, it will
|
||
succumb to feelings of fear, revenge and desperation, and the decisions it
|
||
makes will originate from these feelings. Who wants to make decisions
|
||
about the wellbeing of their financial health based on fear or stress?
|
||
The mind needs guidance. I read about an American football coach who,
|
||
during the half-time break, gave specialised talks designed to re-awaken the
|
||
imagination of the players on his team. One time his team had taken a
|
||
beating in the first half of the game. During the break in the locker room the
|
||
coach put on a special video he had prepared. It showed some of the
|
||
greatest comebacks in football history.
|
||
The purpose of the video was to give the players a path out of their stressed
|
||
state. It gave them mental imagery of what was possible. Coupled with the
|
||
right kind of motivation, encouraging the players to focus on the process,
|
||
staying present in the moment, waiting for the right opportunity and trusting
|
||
the process, their minds had gone from being stressed to being prepared.
|
||
I want to remind you that the first part of my trading life was spent on a
|
||
trading floor, observing traders – thousands of them – go about their daily
|
||
lives. I am adamant in my claim that those who were behind at half-time
|
||
had no mental tools to help themselves, and as a result tended to dig the
|
||
hole they were in deeper and deeper, as the day wore on.
|
||
LEAVING THE OLD SELF
|
||
Remember how Maximus ritualistically rubs dirt on his hands before
|
||
combat in the movie Gladiator? How, through this symbol of mental
|
||
preparation, he was leaving his old self behind? Well, I too have to leave
|
||
my old self behind. I too have to become someone else for the day. Charlie
|
||
Di Francesca, the legendary bond trader in the pits in Chicago, said that
|
||
good trading goes against normal human instinct. To succeed you have to
|
||
get used to being uncomfortable.
|
||
Trading is a battle of the self. Every morning I have to shed my skin and
|
||
become someone else. The Book of Truths is key to my transformation. It
|
||
arouses a desire to do better than the old pattern of behaviour. I am certain
|
||
that had I not taken the steps to focus on my mental game and confront
|
||
myself daily with my old behaviour, I would not be where I am today.
|
||
I argue this to be the case based on my observations of diaries. One of the
|
||
catalysts for my trading transformation came from tidying up my old office
|
||
cabinets. I found old trading diaries in which I had meticulously described
|
||
my trading day. As I read through the diaries, which spanned a decade, I
|
||
saw how desperate I was to make trading work for me.
|
||
I saw how day after day I promised myself not to add to losing trades – how
|
||
I promised myself not to trade well from Monday to Thursday and then lose
|
||
it all on Friday – how I promised myself I would stick to one setup, and so
|
||
on.
|
||
As I read page after page of trials and tribulations (but mostly trials), I
|
||
realised that the Tom whose words I was reading was in real pain, but he
|
||
was not transforming. He was repeating the same mistakes day after day.
|
||
He might have been increasingly technically competent, as his studies took
|
||
him deeper and deeper into expert territory of technical analysis, but he kept
|
||
making the same mistakes when his mind became stressed.
|
||
As I have said before, it was not an epiphany. My change came slowly. It
|
||
was a gradual realisation that all my chart studies didn’t move me
|
||
meaningfully towards the goals I wanted to accomplish. Rather, they merely
|
||
distracted me from the real problem, which was my behaviour when things
|
||
did not go to plan. Instead of focusing on the process and having tools to
|
||
get me to operate from a stress-free mind, I succumbed to foolish trading,
|
||
intending to make back the lost ground. My mind desperately wanted to get
|
||
rid of the pain of having lost money, and its solution was to chase every
|
||
movement in the market recklessly. And all I did was dig the hole deeper
|
||
and deeper.
|
||
The Book of Truths will give you up-close, face-to-face time with your own
|
||
shortcomings. It made me realise what my faults were. I also started
|
||
plotting my good trades. I felt it was necessary not just to remind myself of
|
||
the behaviour I wanted to avoid. I should also remind myself of the
|
||
behaviour I wanted to strive towards.
|
||
The charts I use to prepare for each trading day, to warm up, are my old
|
||
trades plotted on a chart. That way I can emotionally relive the trades and
|
||
reinforce the behaviour that is good for me and remind myself what my
|
||
weak points are.
|
||
AN EXAMPLE
|
||
Friday 4 March 2022 was an extremely volatile trading day. A colleague
|
||
pointed out to me that Brent Oil was soaring. I looked at the chart, shown in
|
||
Figure 25, and I thought, “Wow, it really is.”
|
||
Figure 25
|
||
I bought the first retracement on this ten-minute chart. Now there is nothing
|
||
wrong with this entry. I am trading with trend, but as I look back at the
|
||
trade, I acknowledge that at that precise moment in time I was not trading
|
||
from an emotionally stable point of view. I was eager to get on board a
|
||
move, based purely on the opinion of another trader.
|
||
So, I just bought it without much thought to it. And I had no stop loss in
|
||
mind. I just put an arbitrary stop loss, for safety. See Figure 26.
|
||
Figure 26
|
||
This is the power of the Book of Truths. I want to remind myself of things
|
||
like that. I want to remind myself, in the morning, before the trading starts,
|
||
that Tom Hougaard trades best when he is calm and is not caught up in an
|
||
emotional whirlpool of excitement and a brain awash with adrenaline and
|
||
dopamine.
|
||
I looked at my trading monitor and saw my position losing me money. I
|
||
reminded myself that, although I got caught up in the emotions of another
|
||
trader (one that I respect), I am not him. I am me. I closed the trade, and
|
||
then I waited. I had made an impulsive trade – an emotional trade without a
|
||
real plan or a real setup. I wasn’t annoyed so much with the losing trade as
|
||
much as I was annoyed with suddenly being impulsive and acting without
|
||
truly thinking. I could have spent 30 seconds thinking it through and the
|
||
outcome would have been very different.
|
||
I calmed myself down, and I thoroughly analysed the chart, and I decided
|
||
upon a better entry point. I used my process – the tools that work for me.
|
||
And then this pattern in Figure 27 showed up. It was late in the day, and I
|
||
was prepared for a restful evening after a long trading week. I bought Brent,
|
||
and I held it.
|
||
Figure 27
|
||
The setup is simply a Harmonic Retracement. The first retracement and the
|
||
second retracement are identical. It gives razor-sharp entries, where it is
|
||
easy to control your risk.
|
||
I want to remind myself of the things I do well. I want to remind myself of
|
||
the things I can be prone to when I am not calm. I want to do that ahead of
|
||
the open. I accept that I will never be perfect. I will at times still make
|
||
stupid Brent Oil trades on a Friday afternoon because a friend of mine is
|
||
telling me of his success; but I like to think that like a missile I will self-
|
||
coordinate as new data becomes apparent, and I like to think that my mental
|
||
preparation makes my mistakes short lived.
|
||
TRUST
|
||
My review of my trades revealed that I didn’t trust myself or the markets.
|
||
Profitable trading requires trust. If you don’t believe it can happen, you
|
||
should not even start. If you don’t trust, then you will not make money.
|
||
Therefore, before you start trading again, you have to work on your beliefs
|
||
about yourself and the markets.
|
||
As I see it, trust falls into two categories.
|
||
TRUST YOURSELF
|
||
You have to trust that you already have all the tools you need to make a
|
||
living from trading. Yes, you need to acquire a certain competence level in
|
||
the field of technical analysis (or whatever edge you use to make trading
|
||
decisions).
|
||
I continue to study technical analysis, and I do so to improve my
|
||
understanding of the ever-changing nature of the markets I trade, but it is
|
||
not technical analysis that will make me money. It is trusting that I already
|
||
have all the skills I need to make money consistently.
|
||
The reason why I was not more successful in my early trading was not
|
||
because I didn’t know enough about technical analysis. It was because I
|
||
thought the only thing I needed was technical analysis. However, that was,
|
||
and is, simply not true.
|
||
I had not focused my time and attention on matters outside of technical
|
||
analysis. My focus was not on the right things. My technical savvy was not
|
||
matched by an emotional maturity, because I had not spent time working on
|
||
that side of my game.
|
||
You need to trust that you already have all that you need. Otherwise, you
|
||
will not bridge the gap between what you know you can achieve and what
|
||
you are achieving. You need to believe. The belief comes from doing. I will
|
||
address that in a moment.
|
||
TRUST MARKETS
|
||
The second trust consideration is the trust in the markets. When I go to
|
||
work in the morning, it would be great if the perfect setup manifested itself
|
||
before my eyes right at the opening bell. However, it rarely does.
|
||
I use a five-minute and a ten-minute chart as my primary trading time
|
||
frame. A typical trading session runs over ten hours for me. That means I
|
||
will be confronted with a total of 120 candles/bars of five-minute duration.
|
||
As a result of my review of my trading performance, I came to a realisation.
|
||
I didn’t trust the market would give me the opportunities I needed to make
|
||
money. It was a debilitating belief.
|
||
I set out to prove that I was wrong in that belief by reviewing ten years’
|
||
worth of intra-day data from the handful of products that I traded most
|
||
frequently. Now I wasn’t just studying for the sake of identifying patterns. I
|
||
studied to prove that the technical analysis setups that served me well
|
||
would repeat every day.
|
||
I arrived at a new set of beliefs. I came to believe I can trust the market to
|
||
give me an opportunity to make money every day. I came to trust the fact
|
||
that at least two or three of those five-minute candles would produce a great
|
||
trade entry.
|
||
I came to trust that the market would give me a perfect entry point, such as
|
||
a double top in a higher time frame downtrend or a continuation signal. In
|
||
conclusion, I shaped a new belief around the evidence that I laid bare
|
||
through my research. I came to accept that I can produce a good living from
|
||
trading, from waiting for those ideal setups.
|
||
But those ideal setups don’t necessarily materialise when I want them to, in
|
||
the time frame I have at my disposal to trade. I need something else beyond
|
||
trust.
|
||
Trust is a vital part of the journey to making the markets your playground,
|
||
but it is not the only component. I needed to work on another part of my
|
||
behaviour. I would often tire before the afternoon trading session. I would
|
||
often tire as the week progressed. This led to poor decisions, which can be
|
||
directly attributed to boredom and impatience.
|
||
PATIENCE
|
||
I realised that my patience was my weakness. However, there is more than
|
||
one kind of patience. For example, a mother teaching her young child to
|
||
read may experience a sense of impatience, but the mother will remind
|
||
herself that eventually all children learn how to read.
|
||
The impatience that a parent may experience is mitigated by the perceived
|
||
time horizon to reach the end goal. We know our children will learn basic
|
||
reading skills, as long as we persist. We simply have to maintain our
|
||
patience as our little ones inch their way towards the desired skill.
|
||
You can’t argue that patience is a quality directly transferable from
|
||
parenting to trading. As a parent you can tell yourself you will patiently
|
||
work towards your child being able to read. However, you can’t say that
|
||
you will patiently wait for the market to hit your desired entry point,
|
||
because it might not hit your desired entry point.
|
||
As a result, you will experience emotions that a parent doesn’t. You will
|
||
experience a fear that the market will move without you. You will be fearful
|
||
that the market will not give you an opportunity to jump on board. Without
|
||
the right kind of conditioning, you will act upon these fear impulses.
|
||
Had I not gone through all the data I had, I would not have been so assured
|
||
in my decision to wait for the right setup. I accept my process is thorough,
|
||
but with that preparation comes significant financial reward.
|
||
Without a doubt, one of the greatest flaws I saw traders exhibit during my
|
||
decade on a London trading floor was the idea that it is too late to join the
|
||
trend. It was a common occurrence during trend days to witness clients
|
||
continuously try to find the low of the day.
|
||
On those days our clients lost the most. If the market was rallying, they
|
||
would either do nothing, or they would try to find a place to sell short. If the
|
||
market was falling, they would do nothing; but more likely they would try
|
||
to find the low of the day and buy.
|
||
Considering the action was so common across such a large group of
|
||
individuals, I conclude that there is an inherent trading flaw in our thinking
|
||
which makes us want to go against the trend. I have previously mentioned
|
||
this supermarket mentality, which compels us to seek value.
|
||
Another reason this behaviour is commonplace is because of the prolific use
|
||
of chart indicators that display what is technically known as overbought and
|
||
oversold price levels. The use of overbought and oversold indicators has a
|
||
terrible track record in trending markets.
|
||
To my mind patience is a skillset that can make the difference between
|
||
being an abject failure or a wizard. I used the word skillset because I believe
|
||
that patience can be developed.
|
||
I developed my patience in trading using two methods. Both are practical in
|
||
nature, but they are very different in their application. One is a proactive
|
||
exercise. One is a reflective exercise.
|
||
EXPANDING MY FIELD OF
|
||
INFORMATION
|
||
The proactive exercise evolved around the concept of expanding the field of
|
||
information. I print out the charts of my favourite markets every night,
|
||
while the trading session is still fresh in my mind. For example, I will print
|
||
out the DAX Index chart and the FTSE Index chart on both a five-minute
|
||
chart and a ten-minute chart.
|
||
The reason I am printing out two time frames is because of perspective. I
|
||
found that my use of the five-minute chart prompted overtrading. By
|
||
considering the ten-minute chart I am forcing myself to slow down my
|
||
decision making. This act of slowing down my time perspective also
|
||
strengthens my patience. I see things on a ten-minute chart that give me a
|
||
greater clarity than if I had seen them on a five-minute chart alone.
|
||
Patience, however, is not a quality that is easy to come by. I am a man in
|
||
my 50s. Over my lifespan the world has pandered to the impatient. When I
|
||
was a child, if my family ran out of milk on a Sunday afternoon I would
|
||
have to wait until Monday morning before I could purchase another bottle.
|
||
Everything was shut on a Sunday.
|
||
Forgive me if I sound like a relic. I am really not. I love technological
|
||
advances. So many wonderful things flow from our advancement of living,
|
||
but the flipside of the coin is that we as a species have also become
|
||
impatient.
|
||
That is important to remember when you set out on a trading journey. Not
|
||
long ago, I read about a gentleman called Navinder Sarao, a trader who
|
||
became synonymous with the infamous 2010 flash crash. In the book Flash
|
||
Crash, by Liam Vaughan, it becomes apparent that some of the primary
|
||
skills that Navinder possessed were focus and patience. According to the
|
||
book, Navinder Sarao would hide himself away from the other traders he
|
||
worked with, so as not to be disturbed. He needed quiet around him to
|
||
exercise focus and patience.
|
||
The exercise of printing out the specific charts every day instils in me faith
|
||
that every day the market will give me an opportunity to make good trades.
|
||
The exercise is also an opportunity for me to discover new behaviour in the
|
||
market and continuously train my mind and eyes to spot patterns. I happen
|
||
to believe that you only see things you have trained your eyes to see.
|
||
IMAGERY AND BREATHING
|
||
The second exercise is hard to begin with. Some call this exercise
|
||
meditation. Some call it visual imagery. I don’t have a name for it, but I
|
||
know what I want to achieve. I want to calm down my mind. Depending on
|
||
the mood I am in, I will use one of the following tools to keep my mind
|
||
trained for the task of being a high-stake day trader.
|
||
I sit quietly in a comfortable position, and I observe my breath. I breathe in
|
||
for seven seconds, and I breathe out for 11. I repeat. I will do as much or as
|
||
little as I need to feel calm coming over me. Sometimes it takes five
|
||
minutes. Sometimes it takes 15 minutes.
|
||
The purpose of the exercise is simply to calm my mind. Through the use of
|
||
breathing exercises I have been able to increase my attention span
|
||
significantly. I was hesitant at first. I was even hesitant to write about it. It
|
||
has that taste of a new-age fad. The reality is that calming your mind
|
||
through breathwork is used extensively by high-performance athletes. I read
|
||
extensively on the topic of meditation amongst Formula 1 drivers. It was
|
||
both a surprise and a relief that ultra-competitive sportsmen and women,
|
||
people I admire and am inspired by, are turning their sight inwards to
|
||
improve their edge.
|
||
I have to be upfront with you. I have no formal training in meditation or
|
||
imagery. I simply trust and let myself be guided by what enters my head.
|
||
My mental imagery is designed to place myself in physically dangerous
|
||
situations. I may be face to face with an alligator. I may climb a steep rock
|
||
face. I may surf a monstrous swell. The exercise is simple. I want to elevate
|
||
my pulse through imagery. Then I want to consciously focus on my breath
|
||
and simply accept the situation for what it is. The aim is to confront the
|
||
imagery and remain calm.
|
||
Once I am calm, I see myself trading the absolute biggest stake size I am
|
||
allowed by my broker. I see the market move against me, and I visualise my
|
||
P&L go deeply into negative. I feel my pulse elevate, and I focus on
|
||
calming it down. I repeat this process over and over.
|
||
I see myself riding a trend higher and higher. I see my P&L grow larger and
|
||
larger. I am waiting for my mind to tell me to take profit. Then I stop the
|
||
tape and flip the switch. I calm my mind down, and I see myself looking at
|
||
my P&L dispassionately. I calm my breath until I am able to simply observe
|
||
my profit grow larger and larger as I trend with the market, higher and
|
||
higher. The goal is simply to be, to be an unemotional observer of the
|
||
market. The goal is to act without fear, without hope, without anything but
|
||
an objective assessment of the price action.
|
||
ASK FOR HELP
|
||
I believe that beliefs shape our lives. I believe not all my beliefs are
|
||
beneficial to the life I want to live. I accept they are there, and as my self-
|
||
knowledge evolves I address them to the best of my ability. I have come up
|
||
with this back-to-front idea of how to address my beliefs.
|
||
It evolves around the old saying, “I will believe it when I see it.” How about
|
||
turning it on its head to say, “I will see it when I believe it”? This argues
|
||
that you must believe before you can see. Many of our beliefs have been
|
||
part of our construct since our formative years. They are not going to go
|
||
away without a fight. Of course you might decide not to fight them, but to
|
||
accept them.
|
||
I call this process Ask for Help. I sit with a blank piece of paper, and I pose
|
||
a question. It could be, “Why am I afraid to join a down-trend after it
|
||
already started?” I write down everything that appears in my mind. I sit
|
||
with my eyes closed and I observe my thoughts. I do not censor myself. I
|
||
just sit and ask and listen and write down.
|
||
I may write for 10–20 minutes. What often appears on paper are thoughts
|
||
straight out of the psych ward. It scares me at times how brutally to the
|
||
point and honest the answers can be. It can be quite horrifying to read the
|
||
things the subconscious mind brings up. I don’t judge. I accept.
|
||
When I am working with my beliefs, fighting those beliefs will not work. I
|
||
think giving negative energy to a belief will only cause it to fight for its life.
|
||
The only thing that works is complete acceptance. I accept what is there. I
|
||
understand it. It allows me to retire it. I diffuse it. If I approach it from a
|
||
perspective of “I hate this belief”, it will enforce and entrench itself.
|
||
Say I have a belief about trading that suggests I need to make my money
|
||
quickly. I need to get in on the move first thing in the morning. If I want to
|
||
diffuse this belief, because I have strong evidence to suggest it is
|
||
destructive to my trading account, I will ask for help. I will accept the
|
||
belief. I will diffuse its negative energy, and I will replace it with positive
|
||
energy. I will reinforce a new belief such as “I will wait for the first ten-
|
||
minute bar to complete before I make a decision to trade”.
|
||
Unfortunately, beliefs do not have the power to dismantle themselves. All
|
||
beliefs demand expression. Desire and willingness to ask questions from a
|
||
sincere space, with a sincere mindset, will give you answers.
|
||
When I use the Ask for Help process, I know it is complete when I can distil
|
||
my question into a short one-sentence answer. Then I know I have
|
||
condensed the exercise into its lowest common denominator, and I have
|
||
diffused whatever belief I had that didn’t serve me. The old memory will
|
||
always be there, but the context has changed from negative to positive.
|
||
It is important for me to remind you that money is a by-product of the ideal
|
||
trading mindset. You are creating a process that will guarantee an optimal
|
||
mindset for your trading life. The essence of good trading lies squarely in
|
||
how we think and perceive information about the markets. It has everything
|
||
to do with how we think and how we live our lives.
|
||
Today I spoke to a friend of mine. We had not spoken in a while. I consider
|
||
him a very close friend, and it was a joy to reconnect. As he spoke, I
|
||
listened intently. You have two ears and one mouth. Use them in that
|
||
proportion. He was talking animatedly about his trading and how well it
|
||
was going. In between the stream of sentences, I picked up on a sentence
|
||
that spoke volumes: “I am still working on increasing my trading size.”
|
||
I thought long and hard about that sentence, knowing I was going to write
|
||
this final chapter today. My friend first spoke to me about increasing his
|
||
trading size back in 2015. Today it is 2022. He has spent seven years talking
|
||
about increasing his trading size. What does that tell you about his desire to
|
||
increase his trading size? Do you think there might be a misalignment
|
||
between what he says he wants, and what he is actually doing to get what
|
||
he wants?
|
||
I often tell my children this. Do what you have to do, so that you can do
|
||
what you want to do. I tell them to make up their minds what they want but
|
||
think very long and hard about it first. If you say you want something, and
|
||
then you do nothing about it, then you can be damn certain there is a
|
||
misalignment between your conscious and your subconscious. When I am
|
||
faced with a situation like that, I use the Ask for Help exercise, and I always
|
||
get a brutally honest answer. The most common answer I get is: “Actually
|
||
you say want it, but you don’t!”
|
||
The idea of deciding what you want can undo a lifetime of negative energy
|
||
surrounding your beliefs and your belief system. The power of making up
|
||
your mind will remove all negative energy surrounding a belief system. I
|
||
have come to accept that many people do not want to do that. We fall in
|
||
love with our drama. We cling on to our drama because it validates us and
|
||
gives us attention.
|
||
When I am out of sorts, angry, frustrated, I ask questions and work my way
|
||
backwards. I work my way to the source of the problem. Anger is often a
|
||
self-defence mechanism. If I am angry, I need to know what the underlying
|
||
belief for the anger is. So, I ask.
|
||
I am often told I am very disciplined. This is not true. The word itself is an
|
||
oxymoron. Discipline implies the use of force and will. My action flows
|
||
from a love of what I do. I don’t have to apply will to do what I do. Those
|
||
who are self-disciplined don’t think of themselves as self-disciplined. They
|
||
are just expressing themselves in harmony with their own dreams and goals
|
||
and desires.
|
||
When you watch spiritual movies like The Secret and listen to self-help
|
||
tapes, you get this sense that the universe is a menu, and you can help
|
||
yourself to whatever you want. I find that to be one of the most distressing
|
||
aspects of the self-help industry, be it neurolinguistic programming or Law
|
||
of Attraction or whatever name the latest fad goes by.
|
||
I have stood in an auditorium and listened to motivational speakers make
|
||
their audience shout out whatever grievances are holding them back, and
|
||
then push the audience towards their private island retreat for untold sums. I
|
||
never believed in it. I don’t believe anyone ever achieved anything
|
||
spectacular without putting in a massive amount of effort. I know I put in
|
||
the effort. I know that everything I do on a daily basis is the result of grit
|
||
and determination. I am not talented. I am hard working. I am not gifted. I
|
||
am determined. I am not lucky. I am persistent.
|
||
TWENTY TRADES
|
||
My friend Dr David Paul gave me an exercise, which at its heart is designed
|
||
to strengthen the process of your trading. It is as simple as it is difficult.
|
||
Your job is to execute 20 trades, as the signals appear.
|
||
One by one, you take every trade signal as it comes. The purpose of the
|
||
exercise is not actually to make money. You will probably break even, and
|
||
that is fine. The purpose of the exercise is to smoke out your internal
|
||
conflicts and your unresolved emotions.
|
||
It has at its core the idea that if you can execute 20 trades without any kind
|
||
of conflict, you are trading from a carefree and fearless frame of mind. This
|
||
means you are trading from the perspective that:
|
||
1. Anything can happen – and you are emotionally detached from the
|
||
outcome.
|
||
2. Every moment is unique – and you are no longer drawing
|
||
associations between this moment and another moment. You are pain
|
||
free.
|
||
3. There is a random distribution of wins and losses – you accept the
|
||
outcome as if it were a coin-flip exercise.
|
||
4. You don’t have to know what will happen next to make money – so
|
||
you trust the process, and you focus on controlling the only variable
|
||
you truly can control, which is how much you want to risk on this
|
||
trade.
|
||
The purpose of the exercise is to add energy to your beliefs. Until you can
|
||
do that without conflict and unresolved thoughts and conflicting energy
|
||
issues, the negative charge will not dissipate.
|
||
How do you know when you are successful? When you can trade without
|
||
any conflicting or competing thoughts. The results are not important during
|
||
the exercise. This a process exercise. You may have to repeat the 20 trades
|
||
over and over until you come to a point where you find that you are firing
|
||
off trades without fear, without hesitation, without connecting this moment
|
||
with a past moment, and you accept the outcome dispassionately. When you
|
||
arrive there, you really have arrived!
|
||
DISASSOCIATION
|
||
A friend called. She had put up a post on a social media outlet, and her post
|
||
was very ill received. She endured a torrent of abuse for what was a well-
|
||
intentioned post. She called me for help. I read her post and the slew of
|
||
abusive comments. To me, however, they were just words. They were
|
||
words without energy.
|
||
I dispassionately read the posts, and then I explained to her what to do. As
|
||
traders we need to work towards being as dispassionate about our trading as
|
||
I was about her social media post. The more we work on this, the better we
|
||
will trade. Some will argue against me. Remember, I am writing this from
|
||
the perspective of what works for me.
|
||
How do you do trade dispassionately? How do you disassociate yourself
|
||
from feeling anything when you are trading? Well, that is what my exercises
|
||
take care of. If you want to be able to receive information from the market,
|
||
without feeling threatened, it will not happen by itself. I believe working on
|
||
what you think and how you respond and evaluate your responses will
|
||
improve your trading in measures you would struggle to appreciate right
|
||
now.
|
||
I once sped down the autobahn doing 186 miles an hour. Yes, it was
|
||
reckless. Whilst doing it, I wasn’t wondering if there was milk in the fridge
|
||
or if I had remembered to floss my teeth this morning. I was in the moment.
|
||
Focused. That is what I want to bring to my trading every day.
|
||
Every moment is unique. That does not mean we have to act like a formless
|
||
blob with no memory of the past. There will always be some degree of
|
||
correspondence. However, just because I was rejected by a girl the first time
|
||
I invited her for a dance does not mean I will be rejected the next time. But
|
||
my mind might think so, so I may have an argument with my conscious
|
||
thinking and my subconscious beliefs.
|
||
My rational mind might say, “The next girl will say yes to a dance.” My
|
||
subconscious mind, unbeknownst to me, might say, “No way amigo, give
|
||
up, she will never dance with you.” If you have a moment of doubt before
|
||
venturing over to ask the lucky lady, you know you are not aligned. When I
|
||
experience this in my trading, I will Ask for Help, or I will use imagery to
|
||
resolve whatever is going on in my head.
|
||
MIND LOOP
|
||
My training involves accepting pain and making it part of my existence
|
||
through habit and repetition, so that my degree of pain tolerance is
|
||
expanded. I also have to train my mind about expectations, and how to deal
|
||
with unrealised expectations.
|
||
This requires a tenacious effort, through journalling, mental imagery, and
|
||
asking for help. You may quite rightly ask, “Does it work?” I think it does.
|
||
It has revolutionised my trading. As I type these words, in March 2022, I
|
||
have not had a losing day since September 2021. That is nearly seven
|
||
months without a single losing day.
|
||
I don’t think this should be celebrated. I am not writing this to show off in
|
||
any shape or form. The intention is to inspire you to take the mental side of
|
||
trading almost as seriously as the technical side. If I were to describe the
|
||
beliefs that are the foundation for my trading, they would resemble a
|
||
flowchart, one where the entire mindset ecosystem forms a loop.
|
||
My trust (in the markets and in myself) supports my patience. My patience
|
||
(that a setup will materialise) feeds my confidence. My confidence (that I
|
||
will win) dictates my inner dialogue. My inner dialogue (what I tell myself
|
||
while I am trading) supports my process-oriented mindset. The process
|
||
enables me to stay focused in this moment. I support this loop with my
|
||
mental exercises. They feed, nourish and sustain the loop.
|
||
I am a process-oriented trader. I do not believe in goal setting. There are no
|
||
Post-It Notes on my monitor reminding me how much I want to make today
|
||
or this month or year. I have no monetary goals or pip/point goals. I will
|
||
take what the market will give me. I never trade with targets.
|
||
By being utterly focused on the process as opposed to being outcome
|
||
oriented, I ensure that I am staying present. When you are present, you
|
||
don’t connect past moments with this moment or future moments. You are
|
||
right here, right now.
|
||
Being present is what some would call mindfulness. I call it focus. I call it
|
||
concentration. I call it knowing what I want. I want to win. That is my
|
||
overriding motive for trading – to win. I want to win, but I don’t mind
|
||
losing.
|
||
However, I know that if I forget all about winning, and I focus on the
|
||
process, I will win. It is an idiosyncratic conundrum that for a long time I
|
||
just could not believe and give into. How can I win if I am not focused on
|
||
the goal at all times?
|
||
It took me almost a decade to figure out that process is everything. Don’t
|
||
focus on the goal. Sure, know what the goal is, but focus on the process.
|
||
Trust the process. I built my trading life around this mind loop. How does
|
||
the loop look?
|
||
I trust. The research underpins the trust. The trust supports the patience. The
|
||
patience is underpinned by the mental exercises, and it nourishes my
|
||
confidence. My internal dialogue is driven by a process-oriented mindset,
|
||
fuelled by my confidence. I focus on what I can control – my mindset, my
|
||
risk approach – and I let the market do what it wants to do. Whatever it
|
||
does, does not fuel the fearful side of my mind. That has been trained away.
|
||
I am not afraid of the market. The only thing I am afraid of is that I do
|
||
something stupid in the market. As I trust myself, this does not happen.
|
||
I trust that I have the skills to make money, and I trust that the market will
|
||
give me opportunities to make money. This trust has been nurtured and
|
||
strengthened by my intense study of market charts for the time period I
|
||
desire to trade. The trust is further strengthened by continuous dedication to
|
||
my vocational skillset.
|
||
My patience flows from my trust in the market and in myself. I have built
|
||
an emotional connection between trust and patience. I trust the setups will
|
||
come, if I am patient. If I am patient, I will win. Winning means more than
|
||
anything else to me. If I am not patient, I will not win. I will do anything to
|
||
win. Therefore, the trust overrides any emotional impatience that may arise
|
||
in my mind, because I trust that if I miss this signal, there will be another
|
||
one coming.
|
||
My confidence comes from continuously working on my game. I don’t
|
||
learn technical analysis once. I learn all the time. Some markets move.
|
||
Some markets are dead. Some markets require larger stops. Some require
|
||
you to trade with orders because they move so fast. The markets are forever
|
||
changing, and I change with them.
|
||
My inner dialogue stems from the trust and the patience and the confidence.
|
||
Of course, yours truly has bad trading days. I just don’t let it bother me. I
|
||
am grounded in this moment. I focus on the process. That is all I can do. I
|
||
can’t dictate to the market what it must do. I must be like water, and flow. I
|
||
must flow with the market. I don’t fight the market. I flow with the market.
|
||
“Just flow,” I tell myself.
|
||
This is what lies behind the process. I never expect to be comfortable when
|
||
I am trading. If I am comfortable, I know I am not pushing the boundaries
|
||
of what I am capable of. I know that to get the best out of myself I need to
|
||
be a little uncomfortable. I will give you an example.
|
||
I sold short the Dow Index in my Telegram channel (timestamped for
|
||
authenticity and verification). I have marked my entry point in Figure 28.
|
||
Initially, the market moves against me. Then it turns and trends lower. As it
|
||
trends lower, I am mindful of my mind saying, “Take profit.” That voice
|
||
used to be much louder. Now I am so focused on the process that the voice
|
||
is no longer heard. I focus on the process, not on the outcome.
|
||
Figure 28
|
||
However, at one point I have 200 points in profit and the market sits at an
|
||
old low. I have to accept that there is a real possibility the market will
|
||
rebound from there, and much of my 200-point profit will disappear. That is
|
||
being uncomfortable. I accept it and decide to let the position ride.
|
||
Do you know why I let it ride? Because I know myself well enough to
|
||
accept that if I took profit, and the market then continued lower, I would
|
||
feel awful. The pain of seeing a market giving you even more profit when
|
||
you are not on board is much greater than the pain of seeing some of your
|
||
paper profit disappear – to me at least!
|
||
This time it worked. Tomorrow it might not work. I have to trust the process
|
||
will sustain me over the long run and be less concerned about the outcome
|
||
of a single event. Remember, there is complete randomness in the outcome
|
||
of one event, but over hundreds of observations there is no randomness.
|
||
A trading life is not defined by what we do every now and then, but by what
|
||
we do over and over. You will never be able to trade without having losing
|
||
trades. The whole purpose for giving this book the title it has, Best Loser
|
||
Wins, is to illustrate this point right from the beginning. The one who is best
|
||
able to lose will win the game of trading.
|
||
The survey of 25,000 traders executing 43 million FX trades over a 15-
|
||
month period illustrates this point perfectly. Overall, they had more winning
|
||
trades than losing trades. Out of those 43 million trades, up to 61% of them
|
||
were winners, depending on what currency pair they traded.
|
||
What does that tell you?
|
||
It tells you that those 25,000 traders have a good grasp on the markets and
|
||
where to place their trades. It tells you that if they were somehow able to
|
||
operate with a 1:1 risk-to-reward ratio, they would win 61 out of 100 and
|
||
lose 39 out of 100. That is a winning formula. That creates a net positive
|
||
trade flow of 22. That is a business model that has an integral foundation.
|
||
The problem is that the survey shows that when they win, they win on
|
||
average 43 pips. When they lose, they lose on average 83 pips. In other
|
||
words, they lose twice as much (almost) on their losing trade than they
|
||
make on their winning trades.
|
||
Let’s say 100 trades are executed.
|
||
61 winners at 43 pips = 2,623 pips
|
||
39 losers at 83 pips = 3,237 pips
|
||
What does that tell you?
|
||
It tells you that they are good at picking winners, but when they are faced
|
||
with a losing trade, they don’t have the mental discipline to cut the loss.
|
||
What does that tell you?
|
||
It tells you that they need to work on their mental game so that they are
|
||
better equipped to handle losses. Their minds are most likely wired to
|
||
associate pain with taking a loss. The mind has at its core a mandate to
|
||
protect you against pain – physical as well as mental pain, perceived pain
|
||
and real pain.
|
||
FINAL WORDS
|
||
Your path to becoming a profitable trader lies not in better understanding
|
||
the markets, but in better understanding your mind. Your mind and how you
|
||
operate it will dictate the level of success you have as a trader.
|
||
I am going to go out on a limb and tell you something about you. People
|
||
reading this book could have fallen into one of two categories, but I doubt
|
||
it. I doubt that new traders, who have never traded before, will ever
|
||
gravitate towards a book like mine.
|
||
They are more likely to buy books that have titles like Mastering Trading or
|
||
Trade Your Way to Financial Independence. This kind of book will be 300
|
||
pages of technical analysis and most likely not contain a single mention of
|
||
losing trades. It will contain page after page of perfect chart examples.
|
||
This book, I speculate, will be read by the people who previously bought
|
||
the sort of book mentioned above, but have come to the realisation that the
|
||
gap between where they are now and where they know they can be can only
|
||
be bridged by a better mindset.
|
||
The advantage I have in writing this book is that I don’t have to establish
|
||
my credentials. I have a four-year public track record, timestamped and
|
||
readily available for anyone to read. I post my broker trades in Excel format
|
||
on my website and in my Telegram channel daily. There are plenty of bad
|
||
trades in that track record, I assure you, but somehow I still manage to
|
||
make money overall, and quite significantly so.
|
||
Therefore, the focus now needs to be on the actual steps I have taken – and
|
||
still take – to ensure I stay at the top of my game. That is where you are
|
||
headed now.
|
||
I want to finish the book on a note which is important to me. I have
|
||
described a process that works for me. It is based around my particular
|
||
beliefs. Those beliefs are the result of my particular life circumstances.
|
||
I believe that beliefs are defined by one’s own desires and needs. As a result
|
||
of my desire to be a profitable trader, and my need to create financial
|
||
stability in my life, I have acquired beliefs that are consistent with this goal.
|
||
That said, I accept that my way is not the only way. I don’t describe the
|
||
way. I describe my way. Whatever you decide is right for you is right for
|
||
you. Trust it.
|
||
I periodically suffer from verbal diarrhoea on the mental aspect of trading. I
|
||
post my musings on both www.BestLoserWins.com as well as on my
|
||
website www.TraderTom.com
|
||
Have a wonderful journey.
|
||
With love.
|
||
Tom Hougaard
|
||
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
|
||
TOM HOUGAARD studied economics and finance at two universities in the United
|
||
Kingdom, and then went on to work for JPMorgan Chase before spending
|
||
the next ten years in the City of London as a chief market strategist for a
|
||
CFD broker. He has given thousands of TV and radio interviews on the
|
||
state of the market and has educated tens of thousands of clients on trading
|
||
strategies. Since 2009 he has traded for himself.
|
||
Tom has self-published several works on trading psychology, price action
|
||
and product knowledge.
|
||
You can follow Tom’s trading via Telegram and YouTube. You can view his
|
||
trading results at www.tradertom.com
|
||
Table of Contents
|
||
Cover
|
||
Title
|
||
Copyright
|
||
Dedication
|
||
Contents
|
||
Dear Markets
|
||
Preface
|
||
Introduction
|
||
Liar’s Poker
|
||
The Trading Floor
|
||
Everyone Is a Chart Expert
|
||
The Curse of Patterns
|
||
Fighting My Humanness
|
||
Disgust
|
||
The Drifter Mind
|
||
Trading Through a Slump
|
||
Embracing Failure
|
||
Best Loser Wins
|
||
The Ideal Mindset
|
||
About the Author
|